[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201214030A - Red-coloring composition for color filter and color filter - Google Patents

Red-coloring composition for color filter and color filter Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201214030A
TW201214030A TW100113570A TW100113570A TW201214030A TW 201214030 A TW201214030 A TW 201214030A TW 100113570 A TW100113570 A TW 100113570A TW 100113570 A TW100113570 A TW 100113570A TW 201214030 A TW201214030 A TW 201214030A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
red
pigment
group
acid
resin
Prior art date
Application number
TW100113570A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI443458B (en
Inventor
Yuki Saito
Yishitake Oryu
Toshiharu Yoshizawa
Rihito Ito
Tomomi Yamazaki
Kenichi Kitamura
natsuko Kokubo
Masayuki Yamamoto
Kanae Sasaki
Toshiyuki Sato
Original Assignee
Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd
Toyochem Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd, Toyochem Co Ltd filed Critical Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd
Publication of TW201214030A publication Critical patent/TW201214030A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI443458B publication Critical patent/TWI443458B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0045Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/201Filters in the form of arrays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

The red-coloring composition for the color filter of the present invention comprises a colorant and a resin binder. The colorant comprises a xanthene acid dye, a halogenated product of a compound containing a cation radical, and a red pigment.

Description

201214030 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 [0001] 本發明係關於一種製造用於彩色液晶顯示裝置、彩色攝 像管元件等之彩色濾光片時所使用的彩色濾光片用紅色 著色組成物,以及具備利用其所形成的濾光片區段之彩 色濾光片。在此,紅色著色組成物可適用於紅色用、洋 紅色用之彩色濾光片。 [0002] 〇 【先前彳支術】 液晶顯示裝置係藉由2片偏光板所夾住的液晶層,來控制 通過第1片偏光板的光之偏光程度,並控制通過第2片偏 光板之光量來進行顯示之顯示裝置,其主流係利用扭轉 向列(TN)型液晶的類型。液晶顯示裝置可藉由在2片偏光 板之間設置彩色濾光片來進行彩色顯示。因此,液晶顯 示裝置對於電視或個人電腦監視器用途的應用日益進展 〇 100113570 其他代表性的液晶顯示裝置之顯示方式包括:於一側基 板上設置一對電極,對基板往平行方向施加電解之平面 切換(IPS)方式;令具有負介電各向異性之向列液晶呈垂 直配向之垂直對準(VA)方式;或令單軸性之相位差膜之 光軸相互正交而進行光學補償之光學補償彎曲(OCB)方式 等;各方式已被實用化。 一般而言,彩色濾光片係形成於玻璃等透明基板表面, 平行或交叉配置有由紅色濾光片層(R)、綠色濾光片層 (G)及藍色濾光片層(B)所組成的微細帶(條紋)狀之濾光 片區段(像素),或者以縱橫一定的排列配置有微細的濾 光片區段而組成。濾光片區段為數微米至數百微米,甚 表單編號A0101 第3頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 微細,而且依每色相’以特定排列整齊地配置。 於用在彩色液晶顯示裝置之彩色濾光片上,一般藉由蒸 鍍或濺鍍來形成用以驅動液晶之透明電極,進而於其上 ’形成用以令液晶往一定方向配向之配向膜。為了充分 獲得該等透明電極及配向膜之性能,一般須以2〇0°c,更 宜以230°C以上的高溫進行該形成步驟。 對彩色濾光片所要求的品質項目可舉出對比率及亮度。 若利用對比率低的彩色濾光片’則使得液晶所控制的偏 光度程度紊亂,於須阻隔光時(關閉狀態)漏出光,亦或 於須透光時(開啟狀態),穿透光衰減,因此畫面變得模 糊。因此’為了實現高品質的液晶顯示裝置,高對比率 係不可或缺。 又,若使用亮度低的彩色濾光片,則由於光的穿透率低 ,因此畫面昏暗’為了使得畫面明亮,須增加作為光源 之背光數。因此’從抑制消耗電力的觀點來看,彩色濾 光片之高亮度化已為趨勢。 進而言之,如前述,由於彩色液晶裝置利用於電視或個 人電腦監視器等’因此對於彩色滤光片,除了要求高對 比率、兩売度化以外,並且對於寬廣的色彩重現區域或 高可靠性的要求亦升高。 又,由C-MOS(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor : 互補型金屬 氧化膜半導體 )、 CCD(Charge201214030 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] [0001] The present invention relates to a color filter used for manufacturing a color filter for a color liquid crystal display device, a color image sensor device, or the like, which is colored with red A composition, and a color filter having a filter segment formed using the same. Here, the red coloring composition can be applied to a color filter for red or magenta. [0002] 彳 [Previous 彳 】] The liquid crystal display device controls the degree of polarization of light passing through the first polarizing plate by the liquid crystal layer sandwiched by the two polarizing plates, and controls the passing of the second polarizing plate. A display device that displays light amount, and the mainstream thereof uses a type of twisted nematic (TN) liquid crystal. The liquid crystal display device can perform color display by providing a color filter between two polarizing plates. Therefore, the application of liquid crystal display devices to television or personal computer monitor applications is increasingly advanced. 100113570 Other representative liquid crystal display devices are displayed by: providing a pair of electrodes on one substrate and applying a plane of electrolysis to the parallel direction of the substrate. Switching (IPS) mode; vertical alignment (VA) mode in which the nematic liquid crystal having negative dielectric anisotropy is vertically aligned; or optically compensating the optical axes of the uniaxial retardation film to be orthogonal to each other Optical compensation bending (OCB) method, etc.; each method has been put into practical use. Generally, a color filter is formed on a surface of a transparent substrate such as glass, and a red filter layer (R), a green filter layer (G), and a blue filter layer (B) are arranged in parallel or in a crosswise manner. The fine-strip (striped) filter segments (pixels) are composed of fine filter segments arranged in a vertical and horizontal arrangement. The filter segments are from a few micrometers to hundreds of micrometers, and the form number A0101 page 3/108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 is fine, and is arranged neatly in a specific arrangement for each color phase. For use in a color filter of a color liquid crystal display device, a transparent electrode for driving a liquid crystal is generally formed by evaporation or sputtering, and an alignment film for aligning the liquid crystal in a certain direction is formed thereon. In order to sufficiently obtain the properties of the transparent electrode and the alignment film, the formation step is generally carried out at a temperature of 2 ° ° ° C, more preferably 230 ° C or higher. For the quality items required for color filters, the contrast ratio and brightness can be cited. If a color filter with a low contrast ratio is used, the degree of polarization controlled by the liquid crystal is disordered, and when light is blocked (closed state), light is leaked, or when light is required to be transmitted (on state), the transmitted light is attenuated. , so the picture becomes blurred. Therefore, in order to realize a high quality liquid crystal display device, a high contrast ratio is indispensable. Further, when a color filter having a low luminance is used, since the transmittance of light is low, the screen is dim. In order to make the screen bright, the number of backlights as a light source must be increased. Therefore, from the viewpoint of suppressing power consumption, high luminance of color filters has been a trend. Further, as described above, since the color liquid crystal device is used for a television or a personal computer monitor or the like, it is required for a color filter, in addition to requiring a high contrast ratio, two twists, and a wide color reproduction area or high. Reliability requirements are also increasing. Also, C-MOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor), CCD (Charge)

Coupled Device :電荷耦合元件)等所代表的彩色攝像 管元件,一般係於其受光元件上,分別配設具備紅色濾 光片層(R)、綠色濾光片層(G)及藍色濾光片層(B)之加 法混合之原色渡光片區段之彩色遽光片,並進行色彩分 100113570 表單編號A0101 第4頁/共108頁 100321511(H) 201214030 解。又,為了獲得比原色之彩色濾光片高之感度,亦經 常利用具備相當於紅色、綠色、藍色之補色,即青色、 洋紅、黃色(CMY)之濾光片區段之彩色濾光片。補色之彩 色濾光片多半採用在難以利用閃光燈等輔助光源之攝影 機等。 近年來,針對用於彩色攝像管元件之彩色濾光片,高穿 透率、亦即亮度及可靠性等類的要求亦升高。 彩色濾光片之製造方法包括使用染料、鹵化染料作為著 色劑之染色法、染料分散法、或使用顏料作為著色劑之 0 顏料分散法、印刷法、電鍍法、喷墨法等。其中,染色 法或染色分散法之著色劑為染料,因此具有耐熱性或耐 光性稍差的缺點。故,彩色濾光片之著色劑多半利用耐 熱性或耐光性良好的顏料,從形成方法之精度或安定性 考量,製造方法多半利用顏料分散法。 顏料分散法係於樹脂中分散有作為著色劑之顏料粒子分 散之物,混合•調配感光劑或添加劑等,藉此使其成為 彩色抗蝕劑,於基板上,藉由旋轉塗布機等塗布裝置, Ο 將該彩色抗蝕劑形成塗膜,並藉由對準機或步進機,中 介光罩選擇性地進行曝光,並進行鹼顯影、熱硬化處理 而予以圖案化,藉由重複該操作而製作彩色濾光片之方 法。 一般於顏料粒子進行微細化處理,製造使該經微細化之 顏料已達極限地逼近一次粒子之顏料分散體,藉此抑制 由顏料所造成的光散射,可達成高對比率。又,由於分 散體之透明度亦提升,因此分散體之分光光譜具有高穿 透率,可實現高亮度化。藉由於彩色抗蝕劑使用該分散 100113570 表單編號A0101 第5頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 體,可獲得具高對比'高亮度之彩色濾光片。 以往,作為用於形成紅色濾光片區段(像素)或洋紅色濾 光片區段(像素)之著色劑,一般多半利用耐受性及色調 良好的二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料、蒽醌系顏料、喹吖酮系 顏料、萘酚系顏料、偶氮系顏料等。 就以往利用冷陰極管類型背光之液晶顯示裝置等顯示裝 置而言,藉由於紅色濾光片區段,組合二酮吡咯并吡咯 系顏料或蒽醌系顏料與喹吖_系顏料等,可達成高亮度 及寬度的色彩顯示區域。 又,洋紅色濾光片區段的情況係利用喹吖酮系顏料、玫 瑰紅色澱顏料等。 然而,如前述,對於彩色濾光片係要求進一步之高亮度 化及寬度的色彩重現區域。 為了符合該要求,已提案-種作為著色劑非令顏料而令 染料溶解於樹脂等之技術(參考例如曰本特開平6_75375 號公報)。 又,亦已檢討一種洋紅色用之彩色濾光片用墨水,其係 含有紅色顏料、紅色酸性染料、及具有松香構造之丨級胺 鹽化合物。然而,顯色性雖良好,但耐熱性、耐光性不 佳,並非可使用之物(參考例如日本特開平丨1 _ 18 9 7 3 3號 公報)。 【發明内容】 [0003] 100113570 發明所欲解決之問題 本發明之目的係在於提供一種色彩特性、耐熱性、耐光 性、耐/谷劑性良好,對塗膜亦不發生異物之安定的彩色 濾光片用紅色著色組成物,以及利用其之色彩特性、耐 1003215110-0 表單編號A0101 第6頁/共108頁 熱性、耐光性、耐溶劑性良好之彩色濾光片。 解決問題之技術手段 本發明者等係為了解決前述諸問題而銳意地累積研究, 結果發現藉由使用包含咕噸系酸性染料與具有陽離子性 基之化合物形成有鹽類之鹵化生成物(A)、及紅色顏料之 著色劑,來作為彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物之著色劑 ,可實現高亮度及寬廣的色彩重現區域,而且對塗膜亦 不發生異物,耐受性方面亦良好,根據該酌見而完成本 發明。 亦即,若依據本發明之1個面向係提供一種彩色濾光片用 紅色著色組成物,其特徵為包含著色劑及樹脂黏結劑; 前述著色劑包含:咕噸系酸性染料與具有陽離子性基之 化合物之鹵化生成物(A )、及紅色顏料。 於本發明中,於前述具有陽離子性基之化合物包含:四 級銨鹽化合物、及於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂。 於本發明之1個或其以上之態樣中,四級銨鹽化合物之陽 離子部位(反陰離子除外的部分)之分子量係在190〜900 的範圍内。 於本發明之1個或其以上之態樣中,四級銨鹽化合物係由 下述一般式(1-1)所表示; 一般式(1-1):A color camera element represented by a Coupled Device (charge coupled device) or the like is generally disposed on a light receiving element thereof, and is provided with a red filter layer (R), a green filter layer (G), and a blue filter. The layered layer (B) is mixed with the color grading sheet of the primary color traverse section, and is subjected to color division 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 4 / 108 pages 100321511 (H) 201214030 Solution. Moreover, in order to obtain a higher sensitivity than the color filter of the primary color, a color filter having a filter segment corresponding to a complementary color of red, green, and blue, that is, cyan, magenta, and yellow (CMY) is often used. . The color filter of the complementary color is mostly used in a camera that is difficult to use an auxiliary light source such as a flash. In recent years, for color filters used for color image sensor elements, requirements for high transmittance, that is, brightness and reliability have also increased. The method for producing a color filter includes a dyeing method using a dye, a halogenated dye as a coloring agent, a dye dispersion method, or a pigment dispersion method using a pigment as a colorant, a printing method, an electroplating method, an inkjet method, and the like. Among them, the coloring agent of the dyeing method or the dyeing and dispersing method is a dye, and therefore has a disadvantage of being slightly inferior in heat resistance or light resistance. Therefore, most of the color filter coloring agents utilize pigments having good heat resistance or light resistance, and the manufacturing method mostly uses the pigment dispersion method in consideration of the accuracy or stability of the formation method. In the pigment dispersion method, a pigment particle dispersed as a colorant is dispersed in a resin, and a photosensitive agent, an additive, or the like is mixed and mixed, thereby making it a color resist, and a coating device such as a spin coater is applied to the substrate. , 形成 forming the color resist into a coating film, and selectively exposing the mask by means of an alignment machine or a stepper, performing alkali development, heat hardening, and patterning, by repeating the operation The method of making a color filter. In general, the pigment particles are subjected to a refining treatment to produce a pigment dispersion in which the finely pigmented pigment has reached the limit of the primary particles, thereby suppressing light scattering by the pigment, and a high contrast ratio can be achieved. Further, since the transparency of the dispersion is also enhanced, the spectral spectrum of the dispersion has a high transmittance and can achieve high luminance. By using the dispersion 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 5 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030, a color filter with high contrast 'high brightness' can be obtained. Conventionally, as a coloring agent for forming a red filter segment (pixel) or a magenta filter segment (pixel), a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and a ruthenium which are excellent in tolerance and color tone are generally used. A pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, a naphthol pigment, an azo pigment, or the like. In the conventional display device such as a liquid crystal display device using a cold cathode tube type backlight, a combination of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, and a quinacrene pigment can be achieved by a red filter segment. High brightness and wide color display area. Further, in the case of the magenta filter segment, a quinophthalone pigment, a rose red lake pigment or the like is used. However, as described above, a color reproduction region requiring further high luminance and width is required for the color filter system. In order to meet the requirements, there has been proposed a technique in which a dye is dissolved in a resin or the like as a coloring agent (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei 6-75375). Further, an ink for color filter for magenta has been reviewed, which contains a red pigment, a red acid dye, and a sulfhydryl amine compound having a rosin structure. However, although the color rendering property is good, heat resistance and light resistance are not good, and it is not usable (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. _ 18 9 7 3 3). SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [0003] The problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a color filter which is excellent in color characteristics, heat resistance, light resistance, and grain resistance, and does not cause a foreign matter to be stabilized on a coating film. The light sheet is colored with a red color, and a color filter which is excellent in heat resistance, light resistance, and solvent resistance by using the color characteristics thereof and the resistance of 1003215110-0 Form No. A0101. Means for Solving the Problems The present inventors have earnestly accumulated research in order to solve the above problems, and as a result, found that a halogenated product (A) is formed by using a compound containing a xanthene-based acid dye and a compound having a cationic group. And a coloring agent for red pigments, which is used as a coloring agent for a red coloring composition of a color filter, which can realize a high-brightness and a wide color reproduction region, and also has no foreign matter on the coating film, and is good in tolerance. The present invention has been completed in accordance with this discretion. That is, a red coloring composition for a color filter according to the present invention is characterized in that it comprises a coloring agent and a resin binder; the coloring agent comprises: a xanthene-based acid dye and a cationic group. The halogenated product (A) of the compound and the red pigment. In the present invention, the compound having a cationic group includes a quaternary ammonium salt compound and a resin having a cationic group in a side chain. In one or more aspects of the present invention, the molecular weight of the cation moiety (the portion excluding the counter anion) of the quaternary ammonium salt compound is in the range of from 190 to 900. In one or more aspects of the present invention, the quaternary ammonium salt compound is represented by the following general formula (1-1); general formula (1-1):

(於一般式(1-1)中,匕〜!?,分別獨立表示碳數1〜20之 1 4 表單編號A0101 第7頁/共108頁 201214030 具有5〜2 0個 烷基或苄基,\、、、\中之至少2個 碳原子。Y表示無機或有機之陰離子)。 於本發明之i個或其以上之態樣中’於側鏈具有陽離子性 基之樹脂係由一般式(1 -2 )所表示; 一般式(1~*2):(In the general formula (1-1), 匕~!?, each independently represents a carbon number of 1 to 20 1 Form No. A0101 Page 7 / 108 pages 201214030 Has 5 to 20 alkyl or benzyl groups, At least 2 carbon atoms in \, , , \, Y represents an inorganic or organic anion). In the one or more aspects of the present invention, the resin having a cationic group in the side chain is represented by the general formula (1-2); the general formula (1 to *2):

R8 γ- (於-般式(卜2)中’ %表示氫原子、或置換或者無置換 之院基。w別獨立表示氫原子、置換或者無置換 之烷基、置換或者無置換之烯基、或置換或者無置換之 芳基,Re〜\中之2個相互結合而形成環亦可。Q表示亞 炫基、亞芳基、-C_-R9—或表示亞院基 。Υ&quot;表示無機或有機之陰離子)。 又,於本發明之1個或其以上之態樣令,咕⑽酸性染料 被分類為C. I.酸性紅。 又’於本發明之1個或其以上之態樣中,前述㈣系酸性 染料係從C. I.酸性紅(c. I.Acid Red)52、C.I酸性紅 87、C. I.酸性紅92、C. I.酸性紅289及C. I.酸性紅388 所組成的群組選擇之至少一種。 又,於本發明之1個或其以上之態樣t,紅色顏料為二嗣 吡咯并吡咯系顏料及/或蒽醌系顏料及/或單偶氮系或二 偶氮系顏料。 又,於本發明之1個或其以上之態樣令,紅色顏料係從 100113570 表單編號A0101 第8頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 C. I.顏料紅(C. I. Pigment Red)254、C. I.顏料紅177 、c· I.顏料紅48 : 1、166、C. I.顏料紅220、C. I.顏料 紅242及C. I.顏料橘38所組成的群組選擇之至少一種。 又’於本發明之1個或其以上之態樣中,前述著色劑進一 步含有黃色顏料。 又’於本發明之1個或其以上之態樣中,進一步含有光聚 合性單體及/或光聚合起始劑。 又’若依據本發明之其他面向係提供一種彩色濾光片, 其特徵為具備至少1個紅色濾光片區段、至少1個綠色濾 Ο - 光片區段及至少1個藍色濾光片區段;前述至少1個紅色 滅光片區段係由本發明之彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物 所形成。 發明之效果 於本發明中,藉由利用由一彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成 物所形成的彩色濾光片,可獲得具有高亮度及寬廣的色 彩重現區域,並藉由製成鹵化生成物,其耐受性亦良好 Q 之彩色濾光片;而前述一彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物 係、利用’著色劑’其係包含咕嘲系酸性染料與具有陽離 子ϋ基之化0物之齒化生成物(A)、及紅色顏料;及樹脂 又 本發明之彩色濾光“紅色著色組絲係藉由含有 與具有陽離子性基之化麵之減生成 為著色劑,可比以往組合二心叫并㈣系 顏料與心醒系顏料之彩㈣光片用著色 表單編號A0I01 100113570 590〜6__近維持分光光譜高之穿透率。因此,對於 位在冷陰極管等許多背光所具有的波長_〜65_附近 1003215110-0 第9頁/共108頁 201214030 之峰值,會有效地發揮作用,可獲得高亮度。 【實施方式】 [0004] 100113570 以下,詳細說明本發明。 以下所記載的「C. I.」係意味色彩索引號碼(C. I.)。 本發明之彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物包含:樹脂黏結 劑;著色劑,其包含:紅色顏料;及咕噸系酸性染料與 具有陽離子性基之化合物之鹵化生成物(A)。 〈著色劑〉 本發明之彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物之著色劑包含: 咕噸系酸性染料與具有陽離子性基之化合物之鹵化生成 物(A);及紅色顏料。 藉由同時使用鹵化生成物(A)及紅色顏料,如前述於許多 背光所具有的特徵性峰值之波長600〜650nm附近,可具 有分光光譜高之穿透率,可比以往組合二酮°比咯并°比σ各 系顏料與蒽醌系顏料之彩色濾光片,獲得更高亮度及寬 廣的色彩重現性。進而言之,藉由將咕噸系酸性染料予 以鹵化,可同時具有高耐熱性、耐光性、耐溶劑性。 由咕嘲系酸性染料及四級銨鹽化合物所組成的_化生成 物(Α) 咕噸系酸性染料呈現紅色、紫色,並具有染料形態。 呈現紅色、紫色之染料係屬於C. I.酸性紅、C. I.酸性紫 等酸性染料、C. I.直接紅、C. I.酸性紫等直接染料。在 此,直接染料具有磺酸基5因此於本發明中視為與酸性 染料同義。 進而言之,鹵化生成物(A )係由該等咕嘲系酸性染料(亦 包含酸性染料)、與作為反離子起作用之四級敍鹽化合物 表單編號A0101 第10頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 經鹵化、改質後之齒化染料。 11占嘴系酸性染料 說明關於咕噸系染料之酸性染料。作為咕噸系染料之酸 性染料可使用C. I.酸性紅51 (赤蘚紅(食用紅色3號))、 C. I ·酸性紅5 2 (酸性玫瑰紅)、C · I.酸性紅8 7 (曙紅G (食 用紅色103號))、C. I.酸性紅92(酸性夾竹桃紅PB(食用 紅色104號))、C. I.酸性紅289、C. I.酸性紅388、虎紅 B (食用紅色5號)、酸性玫塊紅G、C. I.酸性紫9、C. I.酸 性紫9、C. I.酸性紫30。 其中特別適宜使用C. I.酸性紅5 2、C. I.酸性紅8 7、 C. I.酸性紅92、C. I.酸性紅289、C. I.酸性紅388。 本發明所用之咕噸系酸性染料係就穿透光譜而言,於 650nm區域,穿透率宜為90%以上,於600nm區域,穿透 率宜為75%以上,於550nm區域,穿透率宜為5%以下, 於400nm區域,穿透率宜為70%以上。於650nm區域,穿 透率更宜為95%以上,於60 Onm區域,穿透率更宜為80 %以上,550nm之穿透率更宜為10%以下,400nm之穿透 率更宜為75%以上。 又,作為咕噸系酸性染料,就顯色性良好的觀點考量, 宜使用玫瑰紅系酸性染料。 具有陽離子之化合物 於本發明中,與前述咕噸系酸性染料生成i化生成物之 具有陽離子性基之化合物包含:四級銨鹽化合物、及於 侧鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂。 首先,說明關於四級銨鹽化合物。 鹵化生成物(A)之陽離子成分之四級銨鹽化合物之較佳形 100113570 表單編號A0101 第11頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 態係無色或呈白色。 在此,無色或白色係意味透明狀態,其定義為:於可見 光區域之400〜700nm之全波長區域,穿透率為95%以上 ,更宜為98%以上之狀態。亦即,須不妨礙染色成分顯 色,不引起色彩變化。 四級銨鹽化合物之陽離子部分之分子量宜在190〜900之 範圍内。在此,陽離子部分係指四級銨鹽化合物之反陰 離子除外的部分,例如相當於下述一般式(1 -1)所示之四 級敍鹽化合物之(nww)1的部分。陽離子部分之分 子量小於190時,耐光性、耐熱性會降低,進而對溶劑之 溶解性降低。又,陽離子部分之分子量大於900時,分子 中之顯色成分之比率降低,顯色性降低,亮度亦降低。 更適宜之陽離子部分之分子量為240〜850之範圍内,陽 離子部分之分子量尤宜在350〜800之範圍内。陽離子部 分之分子量為350〜800時,溶劑溶解性良好,在與紅色 顏料同時使用時,耐熱性、耐光性、耐溶劑性良好。 在此,陽離子部分之分子量係根據構造式而進行計算,C 之原子量設為12,Η之原子量設為1,N之原子量設為14而 計算分子量。 於本發明之1個或其以上之態樣中,四級銨鹽化合物係利 用下述一般式(1-1)所示之物。 一般式(1-1): 100113570R8 γ- (in the general formula (b 2), '% means a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted hospital group. w independently represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group. Or substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, two of Re~\ are combined with each other to form a ring. Q represents a sub-dottyl group, an arylene group, -C_-R9- or a sub-hospital group. Υ&quot; indicates inorganic Or an organic anion). Further, in the case of one or more of the present invention, the hydrazine (10) acid dye is classified into C.I. acid red. Further, in one or more aspects of the present invention, the (4) acid dye is from CI Acid Red (C. I. Acid Red) 52, CI Acid Red 87, CI Acid Red 92, CI Acid Red 289. And at least one of the group selection consisting of CI Acid Red 388. Further, in the aspect t of one or more of the present invention, the red pigment is a dipyrrolopyrrole pigment and/or an anthraquinone pigment and/or a monoazo or diazo pigment. Further, in the case of one or more of the present invention, the red pigment is from 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 8/Total 1 Page 8 1003215110-0 201214030 CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 177, c·I. At least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Red 48: 1, 166, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 242, and CI Pigment Orange 38. Further, in one or more aspects of the invention, the coloring agent further contains a yellow pigment. Further, in one or more aspects of the present invention, a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerization initiator is further contained. In addition, a color filter according to another aspect of the present invention is characterized in that it has at least one red filter segment, at least one green filter-light segment, and at least one blue filter. The at least one red matte sheet segment is formed of the red coloring composition of the color filter of the present invention. EFFECTS OF THE INVENTION In the present invention, by using a color filter formed of a red coloring composition by a color filter, a color reproduction region having high luminance and a wide color can be obtained, and is formed by halogenation. a color filter whose tolerance is also good Q; and the color filter of the above-mentioned color filter uses a red coloring composition system, and the 'colorant' contains a smear-based acid dye and a cationic sulfhydryl group. The tooth-forming product (A) and the red pigment; and the resin and the color filter of the present invention, the red colored group yarn is formed by reducing the coloring agent containing the cationic surface and the coloring agent. The second heart is called (4) is the color of the pigment and the heart-wake pigment (4) The light sheet is colored with the coloring form No. A0I01 100113570 590~6__ to maintain the high transmittance of the spectroscopic spectrum. Therefore, for many backlights such as cold cathode tubes The peak value of the wavelength _~65_near 1003215110-0 page 9/108 page 201214030 is effective, and high brightness can be obtained. [Embodiment] [0004] 100113570 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. "C. I." recorded under the Department of mean color index number (C. I.). The red coloring composition for a color filter of the present invention comprises: a resin binder; a coloring agent comprising: a red pigment; and a halogenated product (A) of a xanthene-based acid dye and a compound having a cationic group. <Colorant> The coloring agent for the red coloring composition of the color filter of the present invention comprises: a halogenated product (A) of a xanthene-based acid dye and a compound having a cationic group; and a red pigment. By using the halogenated product (A) and the red pigment at the same time, as described above in the vicinity of the characteristic peak wavelength of many backlights of 600 to 650 nm, the transmittance of the spectroscopic spectrum can be high, and the diketone ratio can be combined with the conventional one. And the color filter of the σ-series pigments and the lanthanide pigments achieves higher brightness and broad color reproducibility. Further, by halogenating the xanthene-based acid dye, it is possible to simultaneously have high heat resistance, light resistance, and solvent resistance. The chemical dye consisting of an acid dye and a quaternary ammonium salt compound is a red, purple, and dye form. The red and purple dyes are direct dyes such as C. I. acid red, C. I. acid purple acid dye, C. I. direct red, C. I. acid violet. Here, the direct dye has a sulfonic acid group 5 and is therefore considered synonymous with an acid dye in the present invention. In other words, the halogenated product (A) is a four-stage salt compound which acts as a counter-ion as an acid dye (also including an acid dye), and a compound salt as a counter ion. Form No. A0101 Page 10 / 108 pages 1003215110- 0 201214030 Halogenated, modified toothed dye. 11 Occupy acid dyes Description Acid dyes for xanthene dyes. As the acid dye of the xanthene dye, CI Acid Red 51 (erythro red (food red No. 3)), C. I · acid red 5 2 (acid rose red), C · I. acid red 8 7 (曙) can be used. Red G (edible red 103)), CI acid red 92 (acidic oleander red PB (edible red 104)), CI acid red 289, CI acid red 388, tiger red B (edible red No. 5), acid rose Red G, CI Acid Violet 9, CI Acid Violet 9, CI Acid Violet 30. Among them, C. I. Acid Red 5 2, C. I. Acid Red 8 7 , C. I. Acid Red 92, C. I. Acid Red 289, C. I. Acid Red 388 are particularly suitable. The xanthene acid dye used in the present invention has a transmittance of preferably 90% or more in the 650 nm region and a transmittance of 75% or more in the region of 650 nm in the transmittance spectrum in the region of 650 nm. It is preferably 5% or less, and in the 400 nm region, the transmittance is preferably 70% or more. In the 650 nm region, the transmittance is more preferably 95% or more. In the 60 Onm region, the transmittance is more preferably 80% or more, the transmittance at 550 nm is preferably 10% or less, and the transmittance at 400 nm is more preferably 75. %the above. Further, as a xanthene-based acid dye, a rose-red acid dye is preferably used from the viewpoint of good color rendering properties. In the present invention, the compound having a cationic group with the xanthene-based acid dye-forming product includes a quaternary ammonium salt compound and a resin having a cationic group in a side chain. First, the description will be given regarding the quaternary ammonium salt compound. Preferred form of the quaternary ammonium salt compound of the cationic component of the halogenated product (A) 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 11 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 The state is colorless or white. Here, the colorless or white color means a transparent state, which is defined as a state in which the transmittance is 95% or more, more preferably 98% or more, in the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm in the visible light region. That is, it is necessary not to hinder the coloration of the dyeing component, and does not cause color change. The molecular weight of the cationic portion of the quaternary ammonium salt compound is preferably in the range of from 190 to 900. Here, the cation moiety refers to a moiety other than the counter anion of the quaternary ammonium salt compound, and corresponds to, for example, a moiety of (nww) 1 of the quaternary salt compound represented by the following general formula (1-1). When the molecular weight of the cationic portion is less than 190, the light resistance and heat resistance are lowered, and the solubility in a solvent is lowered. Further, when the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is more than 900, the ratio of the coloring component in the molecule is lowered, the color rendering property is lowered, and the brightness is also lowered. The more suitable cationic moiety has a molecular weight in the range of from 240 to 850, and the cationic moiety has a molecular weight in the range of from 350 to 800. When the molecular weight of the cationic portion is from 350 to 800, the solvent solubility is good, and when used together with the red pigment, heat resistance, light resistance, and solvent resistance are good. Here, the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is calculated according to the structural formula, and the atomic weight of C is set to 12, the atomic weight of cerium is set to 1, and the atomic weight of N is set to 14 to calculate the molecular weight. In one or more aspects of the present invention, the quaternary ammonium salt compound is represented by the following general formula (1-1). General formula (1-1): 100113570

表單編號Α0101 第12頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 20之 20個 (於-般式U-1)中’ Ri〜R4分別獨立表示碳數卜 絲或节基,\、%、%14中之至少2個具有5〜 碳原子。Y_表示無機或有機之陰離子)。Form No. 1010101 Page 12/108 Page 1003215110-0 201214030 20 of 20 (in the general U-1) ' Ri~R4 respectively represent the carbon number or the base, \, %, %14 At least 2 of them have 5 to 5 carbon atoms. Y_ represents an inorganic or organic anion).

R ^之至少2個具有5〜2〇個碳原子,藉此對於溶,之 溶解性變得良好。若碳原子之數目小於5之燒基為3個 上,則對於溶劑之溶解性變差,容易發生塗骐異物。’若存在有C之數目超過20之垸基,則有損由化生成物 以 又 (A)之顯色性At least two of R ^ have 5 to 2 carbon atoms, whereby the solubility of the solution becomes good. If the number of carbon atoms is less than 5, the solubility of the solvent is deteriorated, and the foreign matter is likely to be coated. If there is a thiol group in which the number of C exceeds 20, the coloring property of the chemical product is deteriorated (A)

具體而言,作為四級錢鹽化合物宜使用四甲基氣化錄(陽 離子部分之分子量為74)、四乙基氣化銨(陽離子部分之 分子量為122)、單硬㈣甲基氣化錢(陽離子部分之分子 量為312)、二硬脂醯甲基氣化錄(陽離子部分之分子二為 550)、三硬脂醯單曱基氣化銨(陽離子部分之分子量為 788)、十六二甲基氣化銨(陽離子部分之分子量為M4) Ο 、三辛基甲基氯化銨(陽離子部分之分子量為368)、二辛 基甲基氣化銨(陽離子部分之分子量為27〇)、單月桂基甲 基氣化銨(陽離子部分之分子量為382)、三月桂基甲基氣 化銨(陽離子部分之分子量為536)、三胺基苄基氣化録( 陽離子部分之分子量為318)、三己基苄基氣化銨(陽離子 部分之分子量為360)、三辛基苄基氣化銨(陽離子部分之 分子量為444)、三月桂基苄基氣化銨(陽離子部分之分子 量為612)、苄基二曱基硬脂醯氣化銨(陽離子部分之分子 量為388)、及苄基二甲基辛基氣化銨(陽離子部分之分子 量為248)、二烷基(烷基為CH〜C18)二曱基氣化銨(硬化 牛脂)(陽離子部分之分子量為438〜550)等。 構成陰離子之Y_若為無機或有機之陰離子即可,宜為鹵 100113570 第13頁/共108頁 表單編號Α0101 201214030 素,一般為氣。 具體的四級銨鹽化合物製品可舉出花王公司製之Specifically, as the quaternary money salt compound, it is preferred to use tetramethyl gasification (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 74), tetraethylammonium vapor (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 122), and mono-hard (tetra) methylated gas. (The molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 312), the methyl sulphate of the distearyl hydrazine (the molecular part of the cationic moiety is 550), the tristearic acid monothiol ammonium hydride (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 788), sixteen two Methyl vaporized ammonium (molecular weight of the cationic moiety is M4) Ο , trioctylmethyl ammonium chloride (molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 368), dioctylmethyl ammonium halide (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 27 〇), Monolaurylmethylammonium hydride (molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 382), trilaurylmethylammonium hydride (molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 536), and triamine benzyl gasification (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 318) , trihexylbenzylammonium vapor (molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 360), trioctylbenzylammonium vaporized (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 444), and trilaurylbenzylammonium vaporide (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 612) , benzyl dinonyl stearin gasification (The molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 388), and benzyldimethylmethylammonium vaporized (the molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 248), and the dialkyl (alkyl is CH~C18) dinonyl ammonium halide (hardened tallow) (The molecular weight of the cationic moiety is 438 to 550) and the like. If the anion Y_ is an inorganic or organic anion, it should be halogen 100113570 Page 13 of 108 Form No. 1010101 201214030 Prime, generally gas. The specific quaternary ammonium salt compound product can be exemplified by Kao Corporation.

QUARTAMIN 24P&gt; QUARTAMIN 86P C0NC ' QUARTAMINQUARTAMIN 24P&gt; QUARTAMIN 86P C0NC ' QUARTAMIN

60W ' QUARTAMIN 86W ' QUARTAMIN D86P &gt;SANISOL C 、SANIS0L B-50 等、LION 公司製之 ARQUAD 210-80E、 2C-75 、 2HT-75 、 2HT FLAKE 、 20-751 、 2HP-75 、 2HP60W 'QUARTAMIN 86W ' QUARTAMIN D86P &gt;SANISOL C , SANIS0L B-50 , etc. ARQUAD 210-80E, 2C-75, 2HT-75, 2HT FLAKE, 20-751, 2HP-75, 2HP made by LION

FLAKE等,其中尤以QUARTAMIN D86P(二硬脂醯二曱基 氣化銨)、ARQUAD2HT-75(二烷基(烷基為c〜CFLAKE, etc., especially QUARTAMIN D86P (distearyldithiocarbamate), ARQUAD2HT-75 (dialkyl (alkyl is c~C)

14 V 甲基氣化銨)為宜。 接著,說明關於在側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂。 於鹵化生成物(A)之陽離子成分之侧鏈具有陽離子性基之 樹脂之較佳形態,係呈無色或白色。 在此,無色或白色係意味透明狀態’其定義為:於可見 光區域之400〜700nm之全波長區域,穿透率為95%以上 ,更宜為98%以上之狀態。亦即’須不妨礙染色成分顯 色,不引起色彩變化。 作為用以獲得鹵化生成物(A)之側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹 脂’若於側鍵至少具有1個錄鹽基之物均可,並未特別限 制,作為適宜的鏽鹽構造,若從取得難易的觀點考量, 宜為銨鹽、碘鹽、硫鹽、重氮鹽及鱗鹽,若考虞保存— 定性(熱安定性),則較宜為銨鹽、碘鹽及鱗鹽。進而以 敍鹽更適宜。 如此側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂’可使用包含由下述 般式(1-2)所示之構造單位之乙烯基系樹脂; 一般式(1-2): 100113570 表單編號A0101 1003215110-0 20121403014 V methyl ammonium hydride is preferred. Next, a resin having a cationic group in a side chain will be described. The preferred form of the resin having a cationic group in the side chain of the cationic component of the halogenated product (A) is colorless or white. Here, the colorless or white color means a transparent state, which is defined as a state in which the transmittance is 95% or more, more preferably 98% or more, in the entire wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm in the visible light region. That is, it must not interfere with the coloration of the dyed components and does not cause color changes. The resin which has a cationic group in the side chain of the halogenated product (A) is not particularly limited as long as it has at least one salt-recording group in the side bond, and is suitable as a rust salt structure. The viewpoint of obtaining difficulty is preferably ammonium salt, iodized salt, sulfur salt, diazonium salt and scale salt. If it is preserved - qualitative (thermal stability), it is preferably ammonium salt, iodized salt and scale salt. It is more appropriate to use salt. As the resin having a cationic group in the side chain, a vinyl-based resin containing a structural unit represented by the following formula (1-2) can be used; General formula (1-2): 100113570 Form No. A0101 1003215110-0 201214030

R© —N—R8 % γ- 於一般式(1-2)中,表示氫原子、或置換或者無置換之R© - N - R8 % γ - in the general formula (1-2), represents a hydrogen atom, or a substitution or no substitution

D 烧基。所示之烧基可舉出例如甲基、乙基、丙基、η- 0 丁基、i-丁基、t-丁基、η-己基、環己基。該烷基宜為 碳數1〜12之烷基,更宜為碳數1〜8之烷基,碳數1〜4之 烧基尤其適宜。 該等烷基具有置換基時,該置換基可舉出例如羥基、烷 氧基等。 R,最宜為氫原子或甲基。D burnt base. The alkyl group shown may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a η-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a t-butyl group, an η-hexyl group or a cyclohexyl group. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and a alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly suitable. When the alkyl group has a substituent group, the substituent group may, for example, be a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group. R, most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

D 於一般式(1-2)中,分別獨立表示氫原子、置換或 0 0 者無置換之烷基、置換或者無置換之烯基、或置換或者 無置換之芳基。 在此,Re〜R。所示之烧基可舉出例如直鏈烧基(曱基、乙 0 0 基、正丙基、正丁基、正戍基、正辛基、正十二基、正 十四基、正十六基及正十八基等)、分支烧基(異丙基、 異丁基、二級丁基、三級丁基、異戊基、新戊基、三級 戊基、異己基、2-乙基己基及1,1, 3, 3-四曱基丁基等) 、環烷基(環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等)、及架 橋環式烷基(降冰片基、金剛烷基及蒎基)。烷基宜為碳 數1〜18之烷基,進而宜為碳數1〜8之烷基。D in the general formula (1-2), each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or alkyl group having no substitution, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Here, Re~R. The alkyl group shown may, for example, be a linear alkyl group (fluorenyl group, carboxy group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-decyl group, n-octyl group, n-dodecyl group, n-tetradecyl group, orthenium group). Hexyl, n-octadecyl, etc., branched alkyl (isopropyl, isobutyl, secondary butyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tertiary pentyl, isohexyl, 2- Ethylhexyl and 1,1,3,3-tetradecylbutyl, etc., cycloalkyl (cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, etc.), and bridged cyclic alkyl (norborn Base, adamantyl and fluorenyl). The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.

Re〜RQ所示之稀基可舉出例如直鏈或分枝之浠基(乙烯基 Ο Ο 、烯丙基、1-丙烯基、2-丙烯基、1-丁烯基、2-丁烯基 100113570 表單編號A0101 第15頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 、3-丁烯基、1-甲基-1 —丙烯基、卜甲基_2—丙稀基、2-甲基-1-丙烯基及2-甲基-2-丙烯基等)、環烯基(2-環己 烯基及3-環己烯基等)。烯基宜為碳數2〜18之烷基,進 而宜為碳數2〜8之烷基。 R6〜R8所示之芳基可舉出例如單環式芳基(苯基等)、縮 合多環式芳基(萘基、蒽基、菲基、蒽喧啭基、芴基、萘 喹啉基等)、及芳香族雜環碳化氫基(噻吩基(從噻吩衍生 的基))' 呋喃基(從呋喃衍生的基)、哌喃基(從哌喃衍生 的基)、吡啶基(從吡啶衍生的基)、9_羰咕噸基(從咕噸 衍生的基)及9-羰噻吨基(從噻吨衍生的基等)。 關於Re〜%所,當上述烷基、烯基、芳基具有置換基時 ,该置換基可舉出從例如鹵素原子、經基、烧氧基'芳 氧基、烯基、醯基、烷氧羰基、羰基及苯基等所選擇的 置換基。置換基尤其以鹵素原子、羥基、烷氧基、苯基 為宜。 從安定性的觀點考量,%〜%宜為置換或無置換之烷基 ’更宜為無置換之烧基。 又,R6〜R8中之2個相互結合而形成環亦可。 於一般式(1-2)中,連結乙烯基與銨鹽基之q係表示亞烷 基、亞方基、-CONH-Rg-或-C00-R9-,Rg表示亞烷基。 其中,從生成包含一般式(1_2)所示之構造單位之乙烯基 系樹脂之單體的聚合性、取得難易之理由考量,Q宜為一 C0NH-Rr或-COO-%-。又,、更宜為甲烷基、乙烷基、 丙烷基或丁烷基,尤其宜為乙烷基。 100113570 一般式(1-2)中之γ-(反陰離子)若為無機或有機之陰離子 即可。反陰離子可採用任何習知之物,具體而言可舉出 表單編號Α0101 第16頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 :氫氧化物離子、氣化物離子、溴化物離子、碘化物離 子等鹵化物離子;甲酸離子、醋酸離子等羰酸離子;碳 酸離子、碳酸氫離子、硝酸離子、硫酸離子、亞硫酸離 子、鉻酸離子、重鉻酸_子、鑛離子、秘酸離子 等無機酸離子;氰化物離子;進而可舉出諸如己氰鐵 (III)酸離子等錯合物離子等。從合成適性或安定性方面 來看,宜為i化物離子及羧酸離子,最宜為_化物離子 。反陰離子為羧酸離子等有機酸離子時,有機酸離子有 Ο 機結合於樹脂骨架,該有機酸離子形成侧鏈之陽離子性 基及分子内鹽亦可。 包含一般式(1-2)所示之構造單位之乙烯基樹脂一般為共 聚樹脂。為了獲得該類共聚樹脂,不僅可藉由將具有胺 基之乙烯性不飽和單體與寡聚物共聚之方法,亦可藉由 將具有胺基之乙烯性不飽和單體與寡聚物共聚,令所獲 得具有胺基之共聚樹脂與鑌氣化劑反應而銨氣化之方法 來獲得。Examples of the dilute group represented by Re to RQ include a linear or branched fluorenyl group (vinyl anthracene, allyl group, 1-propenyl group, 2-propenyl group, 1-butenyl group, 2-butene group). Base 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 15 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030, 3-butenyl, 1-methyl-1 -propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl And a 2-methyl-2-propenyl group or the like, a cycloalkenyl group (2-cyclohexenyl group, 3-cyclohexenyl group, etc.). The alkenyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and is preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryl group represented by R6 to R8 include a monocyclic aryl group (phenyl group, etc.), a condensed polycyclic aryl group (naphthyl group, anthryl group, phenanthryl group, anthracenyl group, anthracenyl group, and naphthylquinoline). And the like, and an aromatic heterocyclic hydrocarbon group (thienyl group (derived from thiophene)) 'furanyl (base derived from furan), pipenyl (group derived from piper), pyridyl (from a pyridine-derived group), a 9-carbonylxanthene group (a group derived from xanthene), and a 9-carbonylthioxanyl group (a group derived from thioxanthene, etc.). With respect to Re%, when the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, and the aryl group have a substituent group, the substituent group may, for example, be a halogen atom, a trans group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkenyl group, a decyl group or an alkane. A selected substituent such as an oxycarbonyl group, a carbonyl group or a phenyl group. The substituent group is preferably a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or a phenyl group. From the viewpoint of stability, % to % is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and is more preferably a non-substituted alkyl group. Further, two of R6 to R8 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In the general formula (1-2), the q group linking the vinyl group and the ammonium salt group means an alkylene group, an alkylene group, -CONH-Rg- or -C00-R9-, and Rg represents an alkylene group. In particular, Q is preferably a C0NH-Rr or -COO-%- from the viewpoint of the polymerizability of a monomer containing a vinyl-based resin having a structural unit represented by the general formula (1_2) and the difficulty of obtaining it. Further, it is more preferably a methyl group, an ethane group, a propane group or a butylene group, and particularly preferably an ethane group. 100113570 The γ-(trans-anion) in the general formula (1-2) may be an inorganic or organic anion. The counter anion may be any conventional one, and specifically, the form number Α0101, page 16 / total 1 〇 8 pages 1003215110-0 201214030: halogenation of hydroxide ions, vapor ions, bromide ions, iodide ions, etc. Ion ions; acid ions such as formic acid ions and acetic acid ions; inorganic acid ions such as carbonate ions, hydrogen carbonate ions, nitrate ions, sulfate ions, sulfite ions, chromic acid ions, dichromic acid, mineral ions, and acid ions. The cyanide ion; further, a complex ion such as an iron (III) hexanoate ion can be mentioned. From the viewpoint of synthetic suitability or stability, it is preferably an i-ion ion and a carboxylic acid ion, and is most preferably a _ cation ion. When the counter anion is an organic acid ion such as a carboxylic acid ion, the organic acid ion is bonded to the resin skeleton, and the organic acid ion may form a cationic group or an intramolecular salt of the side chain. The vinyl resin containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (1-2) is generally a copolymer resin. In order to obtain such a copolymer resin, not only a method of copolymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an amine group with an oligomer but also copolymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an amine group with an oligomer can be obtained. It is obtained by a method in which a copolymer resin having an amine group is obtained by reacting with a gasification agent and ammonium gasification.

以下表示用以獲得包含由一般式(1_2)所示之構造單位之 乙稀基樹脂可使用之乙稀性不飽和單體。再者,於本說 明書中,表示「丙稀基、甲基丙稀基」之某—者或雙方 時,有時記載為「(甲基)丙縣」。同樣地,表禾「丙 烯醯及/或甲基丙烯酿」之某-者或雙方時,有時記載為 「(甲基)丙烯醯胺」。 具有4級録鹽基之乙稀性不飽和單趙可舉出例如:(甲基) 丙烯醯氧乙基三甲基氣化銨、(甲基)丙烯醯氧乙基三乙 基氯化銨、(甲基)丙稀醯氧乙基二甲基氣化銨、(甲基) 丙稀醯氧乙基嗎琳氣化錢等烧基(曱基)丙稀酸醋系第4級 100113570 表單編號A0101 第17頁/共1〇8頁 1〇〇321511〇-〇 201214030 銨鹽;(甲基)丙烯醯胺丙基三曱基氣化敍、(甲基)丙稀 酿胺乙基三乙基氣化敍、(甲基)丙婦醯胺乙基二曱基节 基氣化錄等炫基(甲基)丙浠醯胺系第4級敍鹽;二甲基二 烯丙基錢曱基硫酸鹽;及三曱基乙烯基笨基氯化錢等。 具有胺基之乙烯性不飽和單體可舉出例如二甲基胺乙基( 甲基)丙稀酸酯、二乙基胺乙基(曱基)丙稀酸酯、二丙基 胺乙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二異丙基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸 醋、二丁基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二異丁基胺乙基(甲 基)丙烯酸酯、二三級-丁基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二 甲基胺丙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二乙基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯 酸酯、二乙基胺丙基(甲基)丙締酿胺、二丙基胺丙基(曱 基)丙烯醯胺、二異丙基胺丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二丁基 胺丙基(曱基)丙烯醯胺、二異丁基胺丙基(甲基)丙烯醯 如:、一二級_丁基胺丙基(甲基)丙稀酿胺等具有二烧基胺 基之(曱基)丙稀酸酯或(甲基)丙稀醒胺;並可舉出:二 曱基胺苯乙烯、二甲基胺甲基苯乙烯等具有二烷基胺基 之苯乙烯類;二烯曱基胺、二烯胺等二烯胺化合物;N_ 乙烯基吡咯烷、N-乙烯基吡咯烷酮、N-乙烯基咔唑等含 有胺基之芳香族乙烯基系單體。 鏽氣化劑可舉出例如:二甲基硫酸、二乙基硫酸或二丙 基硫酸等烷基硫酸;對甲苯磺酸甲基或笨磺酸甲基等磺 酸酯;溴化曱烷、溴化乙烷 '溴化丙烷或溴化辛烷等烷 基溴化物;或者苄基氯或苄基溴等。 具有胺基之乙烯性不飽和單體與鑌氣化劑之反應,一般 可藉由於具有胺基之乙烯性不飽和單體溶液,滴下相對 於胺基為等莫耳以下之鏽氣化劑而進行。銨氣化反應時 100113570 表單編號A0101 第18頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 之溫度為90°C程度以下,尤其在將乙烯基單體予以銨氣 化時,宜為30°C程度以下,反應時間為1〜4小時程度。 此外,亦可使用烷氧羰基烷基鹵化物來作為鑌氣化劑。 烷氧羰基烷基鹵化物可由下述一般式(2)表示。 Z-R10-COORn 一般式(2) (於一般式(2)中,Z為氣、溴等鹵素,宜為溴;R1()係碳 數為1〜6、宜為1〜5、更宜為1〜3之亞烧基;R11係碳數 為1〜6、宜為1〜3之低級烧基)。 具有胺基之乙烯性不飽和單體與烷氧羰基烷基A化物之 反應,可藉由令相對於胺基為等莫耳以下之烷氧羰基烷 基鹵化物,與上述鑌氣化劑同樣反應後,將C00R11予以 水解轉換為羰酸離子(-(:0(〇而獲得。藉此,可獲得具有 羰基甜菜鹼構造、具有銨鹽基之乙烯性不飽和單體。 又,如先前所述,令具有胺基之乙烯性不飽和單體與其 他乙烯性不飽和單體共聚而獲得之共聚樹脂,採與上述 同樣的方法而與鑌鹽氣化劑反應,可獲得具有4級銨鹽基 之共聚樹脂。 上述共聚單體可利用乙烯性不飽和單體。該乙烯性不飽 和單體宜為例如(曱基)丙烯酸酯類、巴豆酸酯類、乙烯 酯類、順丁烯二酸二酯類、反丁烯二酸二酯類、衣康酸 二酯類、(甲基)丙烯醯胺類、乙烯醚類、乙烯醇之酯類 、笨乙烯類、(甲基)丙烯腈等。 該類乙烯基單體(共聚單體)之具體例可舉出例如以下之 化合物。 (曱基)丙烯酸酯類之例子可舉出(曱基)丙烯酸甲基、(曱 基)丙烯酸乙基、(曱基)丙烯酸正丙基、(曱基)丙烯酸異 100113570 表單編號A0101 第19頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 丙基、(曱基)丙烯酸正丁基、(曱基)丙烯酸異丁基、(甲 基)丙稀酸二級丁基、(甲基)丙稀酸正己基、(甲基)丙稀 酸環己基、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁基環己基、(曱基)丙烯 酸2 -乙基己基、(曱基)丙烯酸三級辛基、(曱基)丙烯酸 十一基、(曱基)丙稀酸十八基、(甲基)丙埽酸乙醯氧基 乙基、(甲基)丙烯酸苯基、(曱基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙基、( 曱基)丙烯酸2-曱氧基乙基、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙氧基乙基 、(曱基)丙烯酸2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙基、(曱基)丙烯 酸3-苯氧基-2-羥基丙基、(甲基)丙烯酸苄基、(甲基) 丙稀酸二乙二醇單曱基醚、(甲基)丙歸酸二乙二醇單乙 基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸三乙二醇單曱基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸 三乙二醇單乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸聚乙二醇單甲基醚、( 曱基)丙烯酸聚乙二醇單乙基醚、(曱基)丙烯酸b-苯氧基 乙氧基乙基、(甲基)丙稀酸壬基苯氧基聚乙二醇、(甲基 )丙烯酸二環戊烯氧乙基、(甲基)丙烯酸三氟乙基、(甲 基)丙烯酸辛氟戊基、(甲基)丙稀酸全氟辛基乙基、(曱 基)丙烯酸二環戊基、(甲基)丙烯酸三溴苯基、(甲基)丙 烯酸三溴苯氧乙基等。 巴豆酸酯類之例子可舉出巴豆酸丁基及巴豆酸酯己基等 〇 乙婦酯類之例子可舉出乙稀乙醋、乙稀丙醋、乙稀丁 g旨 、乙烯甲氧乙酯及安息香酸乙烯等。順丁烯二酸二酯類 之例子可舉出順丁烯二酸二甲基、順丁烯二酸二乙基及 順丁烯二酸二丁基等。 反丁烯二酸二酯類之例子可舉出反丁烯二酸二甲基、反 丁烯二酸二乙基及反丁烯二酸二丁基等。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第20頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 衣康酸二酯類之例子可舉出衣康酸二曱基、衣康酸二乙 基及衣康酸二丁基等。The following is shown to obtain an ethylenically unsaturated monomer which can be used for the ethylene-based resin containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (1_2). In addition, in the present specification, when it is said that "either acryl or methyl propyl" or both, it may be described as "(methyl) propyl county". Similarly, when either or both of "acrylonitrile and/or methyl propylene" are used, "(meth) acrylamide" may be described. The ethylenically unsaturated monozide having a 4-stage salt base may, for example, be (meth)acryloyloxyethyltrimethylammonium halide, (meth)acryloyloxyethyltriethylammonium chloride, Methyl) propylene oxime oxyethyl dimethyl ammonium hydride, (methyl) propylene oxime oxyethyl ketone, gasification, etc., etc., alkyl (meth) acrylate vinegar, grade 4, 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 17 / Total 1 〇 8 pages 1 〇〇 321511 〇 - 〇 201214030 Ammonium salt; (methyl) acrylamide propyl trimethyl sulfonate, (methyl) propylene amine ethyl triethyl ethane Derivatives, (methyl)-glucagon, ethyl dimethyl sulfhydryl, gasification, etc., leukoyl (methyl) propylamine, grade 4, salt; dimethyldiallyl fluorenyl sulphate Salt; and tridecyl vinyl stupid chlorinated money. The ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an amine group may, for example, be dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (mercapto) acrylate, or dipropylaminoethyl. (fluorenyl) acrylate, diisopropylamine ethyl (meth) acrylate, dibutylamine ethyl (meth) acrylate, diisobutylamine ethyl (meth) acrylate, two or three Grade-butylamine ethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (decyl) acrylate, diethylamine ethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminopropyl (methyl) Propionamide, dipropylaminopropyl (mercapto) acrylamide, diisopropylamine propyl (meth) acrylamide, dibutylamine propyl (decyl) decylamine, diiso Butylamine propyl (meth) propylene hydrazide or the like having a dialkylamino group (mercapto) acrylate or the like Alkyl amide; and styrenes having a dialkylamine group such as dimercaptoamine styrene and dimethylamine methyl styrene; a dienylamine, a dienamine, etc. Enamine Thereof; of N_ vinyl pyrrolidine, N- vinylpyrrolidone, N- vinyl carbazole, etc. The amine group-containing aromatic vinyl monomers. Examples of the rust gasifying agent include alkyl sulfuric acid such as dimethylsulfuric acid, diethylsulfonic acid or dipropylsulfuric acid; sulfonic acid esters such as methyl p-toluenesulfonic acid or methyl sulfonate; and decane bromide; An alkyl bromide such as brominated ethane bromide or octyl bromide; or benzyl chloride or benzyl bromide. The reaction of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an amine group with the hydrazine gasifying agent can generally be carried out by dropping a solution of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an amine group with a rust gasifying agent of less than the molar amount with respect to the amine group. get on. When the ammonium gasification reaction is 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 18 / Total 1 〇 8 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 The temperature is below 90 °C, especially when the vinyl monomer is ammonium vaporized, preferably 30 ° C Hereinafter, the reaction time is about 1 to 4 hours. Further, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl halide can also be used as the gasification agent. The alkoxycarbonylalkyl halide can be represented by the following general formula (2). Z-R10-COORn General formula (2) (In general formula (2), Z is a halogen such as gas or bromine, preferably bromine; R1() has a carbon number of 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 5, more preferably It is a sub-alkyl group of 1 to 3; R11 is a lower alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 3. The reaction of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an amine group with the alkoxycarbonylalkyl A compound can be carried out in the same manner as the above-mentioned gasification agent by using an alkoxycarbonylalkyl halide having an amine group or less with respect to the amine group. After the reaction, C00R11 is hydrolyzed and converted into a carboxylic acid ion (-(:0), whereby an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a carbonyl betaine structure and having an ammonium salt group can be obtained. The copolymer resin obtained by copolymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an amine group with another ethylenically unsaturated monomer can be reacted with a phosphonium salt gasifying agent in the same manner as described above to obtain a 4-grade ammonium salt. The copolymerizable resin may be an ethylenically unsaturated monomer. The ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferably, for example, a (mercapto) acrylate, a crotonate, a vinyl ester, or a maleic acid. Diesters, fumaric acid diesters, itaconic acid diesters, (meth) acrylamides, vinyl ethers, vinyl alcohol esters, stupid vinyls, (meth) acrylonitrile, etc. Specific examples of such vinyl monomers (comonomers) can be For example, the following compounds are mentioned. Examples of the (fluorenyl) acrylates include (meth)acrylic acid methyl, (mercapto)acrylic acid ethyl, (mercapto)acrylic acid n-propyl, (decyl)acrylic acid 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 19 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 Propyl, n-butyl (fluorenyl) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, secondary butyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl) ) n-hexyl acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (decyl) acrylate, tridecyl octyl acrylate (fluorenyl) decyl acrylate, (decyl) octadecyl octadecyl, (meth) propyl decyl ethoxide, phenyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy (hydroxy) acrylate Ethyl, 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy) ethyl (meth) acrylate, Mercapto) 3-phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl, benzyl (meth)acrylate, di(ethylene glycol) dimethacrylate Mercaptoether, (meth)propionic acid diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, (meth)acrylic acid triethylene glycol monodecyl ether, (meth)acrylic acid triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, (A Poly(ethylene glycol) monomethyl ether, (meth)acrylic acid polyethylene glycol monoethyl ether, (mercapto)acrylic acid b-phenoxyethoxyethyl, (meth) propyl acrylate Phenoxy ethoxy polyethylene glycol, dicyclopentene oxyethyl (meth) acrylate, trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, octyl fluoride (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid Fluorooctylethyl, dicyclopentyl (mercapto) acrylate, tribromophenyl (meth) acrylate, tribromophenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, etc. Examples of crotonates include crotonic acid Examples of the ethyl ketone ester such as butyl group and crotonate hexyl group include ethyl acetoacetate, ethylene acetonate, ethylene butyl ketone, ethylene methoxyethyl ester, and benzoic acid ethylene. Examples of the maleic acid diesters include dimethyl maleic acid, diethyl maleate, and dibutyl maleate. Examples of the fumaric acid diesters include dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate, and dibutyl fumarate. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 20 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 Examples of itaconic acid diesters include diamyl itaconate, diethyl itaconate, and dibutyl itaconate.

(甲基)丙烯醯胺類之例子可舉出(曱基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲 基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丙基( 甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-正丁基( 甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-三級丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-環己基 (甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(2-甲氧乙基)(曱基)丙烯醯胺、 N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、n,N-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯 胺、N-苯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-苄基(曱基)丙烯醯胺、 (甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉、二丙酮丙烯醯胺等。Examples of the (meth)acrylamides include (mercapto) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, and N-propyl ( Methyl) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-n-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-tertiary butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ring Hexyl (meth) acrylamide, N-(2-methoxyethyl)(fluorenyl) acrylamide, N,N-dimethyl(meth) decylamine, n,N-diethyl ( Methyl) acrylamide, N-phenyl (meth) acrylamide, N-benzyl (fluorenyl) acrylamide, (meth) propylene morpholine, diacetone acrylamide, and the like.

乙烯醚類之例子可舉出甲基乙烯醚、丁基乙烯醚、己基 乙烯醚及甲氧乙基乙烯醚等。苯乙烯類之例子可舉出苯 乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、二曱基苯乙烯、三曱基苯乙烯、乙 基笨乙烯、異丙基苯乙烯、丁基苯乙烯、羥基苯乙烯、 曱氧苯乙烯、丁氧苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、氟苯乙烯 、二氟苯乙烯、溴苯乙稀、氟甲基苯乙烯、由可藉由酸 性物質脫除保s蒦之基(例如三級B〇c等)所保護的經基苯乙 烯、乙烯安息香酸曱基、及a -甲基苯乙烯等。 又,作為共聚單體之乙烯性不飽和單體亦可具有酸基。 具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和單體可舉出:丙烯酸、甲基丙 烯酸、巴豆酸、a -氣丙晞酸、肉桂酸等不飽和單羧酸類 ,順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸酐、反丁烯二酸、衣康酸、 衣康酸酐、檸康酸、擦康酸酐、中康酸等不飽和二羧酸 或其酐類;3價以上之不飽和多價羧酸或其酐類;琥珀酸 單(2-丙烯醯氧乙基)、琥始酸單甲基丙烯醯氧乙基) 、鄰苯二甲酸單(2_丙烯醯氧乙基)、鄰苯二曱酸單(2-甲 100113570 1003215110-0 表單編號A0101 第21頁/共1〇8頁 201214030 基丙烯醯氧乙基)等2價以上之多價羧酸之單[(甲基)丙稀 醯氧烧基]醋類;w -叛基-聚己内醋單丙烯酸g旨、w-幾 基-聚己内酯單曱基丙烯酸酯等兩末端羧基聚合物之單( 甲基)丙烯酸酯類等。 獲得包含一般式(1-2)所示之構造單位之乙烯系樹脂之方 法’可採用陰離子聚合、活性陰離子聚合、陽離子聚合 '活性陽離子聚合、自由基聚合及活性自由基聚合等習 知的方法。其中以自由基聚合或活性自由基聚合為宜。 活性自由基聚合的情況宜使用聚合起始劑。聚合起始劑 可利用偶氮系化合物及有機過氧化物❶偶氮系化合物之 例子可舉出2,2’ -偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2,-偶氮雙(2 -曱基丁腈)'1,1’ -偶氮雙(環己烷1 -羧腈)' 2,2 ,—偶氮雙(2,二甲基戊腈)、2,2,_偶氮雙(2, 4 一二曱基甲氧戊腈)、二曱基2,2’ _偶氮雙(2 -甲基丙酸酯)、4,4’ _偶氮雙(4_氰基戊酸)、2,2 ,_偶氮雙(2 -羥基甲基戊腈)及2,2’ _偶氮雙[2- (2 -咪唑啉-2-基)丙烷]等。有機過氧化物之例子可舉 出過氧化苯甲醯、三級氫過氧化丁醯、二異丙基過氧化 碳酸酯、二正丙基過氧化碳酸酯、二(2_乙氧基乙基)過 氧化碳酸酯、三級丁基過氧化新葵酸酯、(3,5,5-三 甲基己Si)過氧化物、二丙絲過氧化物及二乙醯基過氧 化物等。該等聚合起始劑可單獨或組合兩種以上來使用 。聚合反應溫度宜為40〜15(TC ,更宜為50〜11(TC,聚 合反應時間宜為3〜3〇小時,更宜為5〜2〇小時。 活性自由基聚合法會抑制—般自由基聚合所發生的副反 100113570 應’進而由於會平均引發聚合的成長因此可容易合成 表單編號A0101 第22頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 嵌段聚合物或分子量一致的樹脂。 其中尤其以有機鹵化物或鹵化砜基化合物作為起始劑、 以過渡金屬錯合物作為觸媒之原子移動自由基聚合法, 係就可適應廣泛的單體方面來看、可採用能適應既有設 備之聚合溫度方面來看,較為適宜。原子移動自由基聚 合法可採下述參考文獻1〜8等所記載的方法來進行。 (參考文獻l)Fukuda等人,Examples of the vinyl ethers include methyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, hexyl vinyl ether, and methoxyethyl vinyl ether. Examples of the styrenes include styrene, methyl styrene, dimercapto styrene, tridecyl styrene, ethyl styrene, isopropyl styrene, butyl styrene, hydroxystyrene, and oxime. Styrene, butoxystyrene, ethoxylated styrene, fluorostyrene, difluorostyrene, bromostyrene, fluoromethylstyrene, which can be removed by acidic substances (for example The third-stage B〇c, etc.) is protected by a styrene group, a vinyl benzoic acid sulfhydryl group, and a-methyl styrene. Further, the ethylenically unsaturated monomer as a comonomer may have an acid group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an acid group include unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, a-aluminoxylic acid, and cinnamic acid, and maleic acid and maleic anhydride. , unsaturated fatty acids such as fumaric acid, itaconic acid, itaconic anhydride, citraconic acid, rubic anhydride, mesaconic acid or anhydrides thereof; unsaturated polyvalent carboxylic acids having three or more valences or anhydrides thereof Category; succinic acid mono(2-propenyloxyethyl), succinic acid monomethacryloyloxyethyl), phthalic acid mono(2-propylene oxyethyl), phthalic acid mono 2-A 100113570 1003215110-0 Form No. A0101 Page 21 / Total 1 〇 8 pages 201214030 Acryl oxime Oxyethyl) A monovalent or higher polyvalent carboxylic acid mono-[(methyl) propylene oxime] Vinegar; w-derivative-polyhexyl vinegar monoacrylic acid g, w-succinyl-polycaprolactone monodecyl acrylate, and the like, a mono(carboxy) acrylate polymer or the like. A method of obtaining an ethylene-based resin containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (1-2) can be carried out by a conventional method such as anionic polymerization, living anionic polymerization, cationic polymerization, living cationic polymerization, radical polymerization, and living radical polymerization. . Among them, radical polymerization or living radical polymerization is preferred. In the case of living radical polymerization, a polymerization initiator is preferably used. Examples of the polymerization initiator which can utilize the azo compound and the organic peroxide quinone azo compound include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile and 2,2,-azobis(2-indenyl). Butyronitrile) '1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile) '2,2,-azobis(2,dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2,_azobis (2 , 4-dimercaptomethoxyvaleronitrile, dimercapto 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionate), 4,4'-azobis(4-cyanovaleric acid), 2,2,-azobis(2-hydroxymethylvaleronitrile) and 2,2'-azobis[2-(2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane]. Examples of the organic peroxides include benzammonium peroxide, tertiary hydrogen peroxide butadiene, diisopropyl peroxycarbonate, di-n-propyl peroxycarbonate, and di(2-ethoxyethyl) Peroxycarbonate, tertiary butyl peroxy neoacetate, (3,5,5-trimethylhexyl Si) peroxide, dipropyl peroxide, and diethyl hydrazine peroxide. These polymerization initiators may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The polymerization temperature is preferably 40 to 15 (TC, more preferably 50 to 11 (TC, the polymerization reaction time is preferably 3 to 3 hours, more preferably 5 to 2 hours. The living radical polymerization method suppresses the general freedom) The sub-reverse 100113570 which occurs in the polymerization of the base should be 'in turn, due to the average growth of the polymerization, it can be easily synthesized. Form No. A0101 Page 22 / Total 1 Page 8 1003215110-0 201214030 Block polymer or resin with the same molecular weight. The atomic mobile radical polymerization method using an organic halide or a halogenated sulfone compound as a starting agent and a transition metal complex as a catalyst can be adapted to a wide range of monomers, and can be adapted to existing equipment. The polymerization temperature is preferable. The atomic mobile radical polymerization method can be carried out by the methods described in the following References 1 to 8. (Reference 1) Fukuda et al.

Prog.Polym.Sci.2004, 29, 329 (參考文獻2)Matyjaszewski 等人,Chem.Rev.2001, 101 , 2921 (參考文獻3)Matyjaszewski等人, • Am.Chem.Soc.1995,117,5614 (參考文獻4)Macromolecules 1995,28,7901,Prog. Polym. Sci. 2004, 29, 329 (Reference 2) Matyjaszewski et al., Chem. Rev. 2001, 101, 2921 (Reference 3) Matyjaszewski et al., • Am. Chem. Soc. 1995, 117, 5614 (Reference 4) Macromolecules 1995, 28, 7901,

Science , 1996 , 272 , 866 (參考文獻 5)W096/030421 (參考文獻 6)WO97/018247 (參考文獻7)日本特開平9-20861 6號公報 (參考文獻8)曰本特開平8-41117號公報 於上述聚合宜使用有機溶劑。有機溶劑並未特別限定, 但可使用例如醋酸乙基、醋酸正丁基、醋酸異丁基、甲 苯、二甲苯、丙酮、己酮、甲基乙酮、環己酮、丙二醇 單甲基醚乙酯、二丙二醇單甲基醚乙酯、乙二醇單乙基 醚乙酯、乙二醇單丁基醚乙酯、二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酯 或乙二醇單丁基醚乙酯等。該等聚合溶媒可混合2種以上 來使用。 於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂中所存在的陽離子性基量 100113570 表單編號A0101 第23頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 … 並未特別限定,俱該樹脂之陽離子鹽價宜為ίο〜 200mgKOH/g,更玄為20〜130mgK〇H/g。陽離子鹽價係 表示作鏽鹽價、四級敍鹽價、胺鹽價。包含由-般式 (1-2)所示之構造半位之乙歸基系樹脂中所存在的敍鹽基 、胺鹽基之量,孫遠樹知之銨鹽價、胺鹽價亦宜為1〇〜 200mgKOH/g,更宜為20〜130mgKOH/g。於本發明中, 銨鹽價係例如以與包含一般式(1_2)所示之構造單位之乙 稀基系樹脂1公克中之全部錢鹽基之中和所需之确酸銀等 量之風化钟(KOH)之毫克數來表示。又,胺鹽價係例如以 與包含一般式(1-2)所示之構造單位之乙烯基系樹脂1公 克中之全部胺鹽基之中和所需之鹽酸等量之氫化钟(KOH) 之毫克數來表示。 當陽離子鹽價小於10mgKOH/g時,來自咭嘴系酸性染料 之色素之濃度低,樹脂成分變多,未能作為著色劑成分 發揮作用。又’當大於200mgKOH/g時,染料成为變多, 溶劑溶解性降低。 本發明所使用包含-般式(1-2)所承之構造單位之乙稀基 系樹脂之分子量並未特別限定,但由凝膠參透層析儀 λ. 1 〇 0 0 〜 (GPC)所測定之換算重量平均分子量寬為’ i 烯基系樹脂 500, 000,更宜為3,000〜150,〇〇〇° 又’包含一般式(1-2)所示之構造皐位 u田著色組成物之溶 宜具有溶解於廣泛使用於彩色濾光片用 徐膜。尤其更宜溶 劑之特性。藉此可獲得不產生異物之寥、 解於丙二醇單甲基醚乙酯。 ^ ν述,般式(1-2)戶斤 於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂中,由&gt; _ &amp;丨,但於側鏈具有 1003215110- 不之構造單位之總含有量並未特別限制 100113570 表單蝙號A0101 第24頁/共108頁 201214030 陽離子性基之樹脂所含有的總構造單位設為100質量%時 ,從函化生成物之溶劑溶解性及著色力方面來看’由上 述一般式(1-2)所示之構造單位之總含有量宜為5質量% 以上,更宜為10〜50質量%。 鹵化 本發明所使用的鹵化生成物可藉由令咕噸系酸性染料與 具有陽離子性基之化合物反應,生成鹽類而獲得。 Ο 咕噸系酸性染料與四級銨鹽化合物之齒化生成物可藉由 以往已知之方法來合成。具體手法係揭示於日本特開平 1 1-72969號公報等。 ❹ 若舉出一例來說,於水中溶解咕噸系酸性染料後,添加 四級銨鹽化合物,一面攪拌一面進行反應即可。在此, 咕噸系酸性染料中之績酸基(-s〇3h、-s〇3Na)部分與四 級銨鹽化合物之銨基(NH/)部分結合後之鹽類(齒化生成 物)。又,亦可使用曱醇、乙醇來取代水作為溶媒。 接著,咕噸系酸性染料與側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂之 函化生成物,可容易藉由攪拌或振動令側鏈具有陽離子 性基之樹脂、與陰離子性染料溶解後之水溶液,或於攪 拌或振動下,令側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與陰離子性 染料混合而獲得。於水溶液中,樹脂之陽離子性基與染 料之陰離子性基被離子化,該等進行離子結合而形成鹽 類,該鹽類為不溶水性,因此會析出。相反地,由於樹 脂之反陰離子與陰離子性染料之反陽離子所組 為水溶性,因此可藉由水洗等而去除。所使㈣側:具 有陽離子性基之樹脂、及陰離子性染料係各個僅使用單 一種類,或使用構造不同之複數種類均可。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第25頁/共1〇8頁 ^03215110-0 201214030 形成㈣時所使用㈣㈣令側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹 脂、與陰料性⑽溶解,_,村❹水與水溶性有 機溶劑之混合溶液。切性有機溶射舉”醇、乙醇 、正丙醇、異丙醇、&quot;氧I丙醇、卜乙氧_2_丙醇、 正丁酵、異:醇、2,氧甲氧基)乙醇、2- 丁氧基乙醇 、2-(異丙氧基)乙醇、2_(己氧基)乙醇、 )乙醇、二Λ二醇、二乙二醇單甲基-、二乙二醇上 醚一乙一醇單丁基鍵、三乙二醇、三乙二醇單甲基醚 、聚乙二醇、甘油、四乙二醇、二丙二醇、丙酮、二丙 哪、苯胺、㈣、醋酸乙基、醋酸丙基、甲基乙基_ 'U-二甲基甲_、二甲基亞職、四氫咬喃(thf)、 二口惡烧、2-鱗烧_、2—甲基財院網、N_甲基一2_砒 嗔烧酮、1,2-己二醇、2, 46一己三醇、四咬啥甲醇、[ 甲氧基-4戊料。料核性㈣㈣以财溶液之總 重量作為基準,宜以5〜5〇重量%之比率使用,最宜以5 〜20重量%之比率使用。 紅色顏料與南化生成物⑴之使用比率係相對於紅色顏料 100重量部,鹵化生成物(A)宜為丨〜80重量部,更宜為5 〜60重量部。當齒化生成物(A)之添加量少於丨重量部時 ,可重現之色度區域變窄,而當超過8〇重量部時,色相 會變化,因此不適宜。 鹵化生成物(A)係藉由與紅色顏料同時使用而顯示出良好 特性,此係由於鹵化生成物(A) 一面溶解' 分散於溶劑中 ’一面吸附於紅色顏料。 &lt;紅色顏料〉 100113570 用於本發明之紅色著色組成物之紅色顏料可使用以往所 表單編號A0101 第26頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030Science, 1996, 272, 866 (Reference 5) W096/030421 (Reference 6) WO97/018247 (Reference 7) Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-20861 No. 6 (Reference 8) 曰本特开平8-41117号It is preferable to use an organic solvent in the above polymerization. The organic solvent is not particularly limited, but for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, toluene, xylene, acetone, ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether B can be used. Ester, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether ethyl ester, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl ester, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ethyl ester, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl ester or ethylene glycol monobutyl ether Ester and the like. These polymerization solvents may be used in combination of two or more kinds. The amount of cationic base present in the resin having a cationic group in the side chain is 100113570. Form No. A0101 Page 23 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 ... Not specifically limited, the cation salt price of the resin is preferably ίο~ 200mgKOH /g, more Xuan is 20~130mgK〇H/g. The cation salt price is expressed as the rust salt price, the fourth-order salt price, and the amine salt price. The amount of the salt base and the amine salt group present in the ethyl group-based resin containing the structural half position represented by the general formula (1-2), and the ammonium salt price and the amine salt price of Sun Yuanshu are also preferably 1〇. 〜200 mgKOH/g, more preferably 20 to 130 mgKOH/g. In the present invention, the ammonium salt valence is, for example, weathered by the same amount of silver acid as the total amount of the acid base in 1 gram of the ethylene-based resin containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (1-2). The number of milligrams of the clock (KOH) is expressed. Further, the amine salt value is, for example, a hydrogenation clock (KOH) equivalent to the desired hydrochloric acid in the total amine salt group of 1 gram of the vinyl resin containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (1-2). The number of milligrams is expressed. When the cation salt value is less than 10 mgKOH/g, the concentration of the pigment derived from the pout acid dye is low, and the resin component is increased, so that it does not function as a colorant component. Further, when it is more than 200 mgKOH/g, the dye becomes more and the solvent solubility is lowered. The molecular weight of the ethylene-based resin containing the structural unit of the general formula (1-2) used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is determined by a gel permeation chromatography apparatus λ. 1 〇0 0 〜 (GPC) The converted weight average molecular weight is determined to be 'i alkenyl resin 500,000, more preferably 3,000 to 150, and '°' contains the structural formula of the general formula (1-2). The solution is soluble in a Xu film which is widely used in color filters. Especially better suited to the characteristics of the solvent. Thereby, it is possible to obtain hydrazine monomethyl ether ethyl ester without generating foreign matter. ^ ν, the general formula (1-2) in the resin with a cationic group in the side chain, by > _ &amp; 丨, but the side chain has a total content of 1003215110 - no structural unit is not special Restriction 100113570 Form bat number A0101 Page 24 / 108 pages 201214030 When the total structural unit contained in the cationic resin is 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and coloring power of the functional product, The total content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (1-2) is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass. Halogenation The halogenated product used in the present invention can be obtained by reacting a xanthene-based acid dye with a compound having a cationic group to form a salt. The dentate product of the 咕 咕 酸性 acid dye and the quaternary ammonium salt compound can be synthesized by a conventionally known method. The specific method is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 1-72969. ❹ For example, after dissolving xanthene acid dye in water, a quaternary ammonium salt compound is added and the reaction is carried out while stirring. Here, the salt (tooth formation product) in which the acid group (-s〇3h, -s〇3Na) portion of the xanthene-based acid dye is bonded to the ammonium group (NH/) portion of the quaternary ammonium salt compound . Further, decyl alcohol or ethanol may be used instead of water as a solvent. Next, a functional product of a xanthene-based acid dye and a resin having a cationic group in a side chain can be easily stirred or vibrated to cause a resin having a cationic group in a side chain, an aqueous solution dissolved in an anionic dye, or It is obtained by mixing a resin having a cationic group in a side chain with an anionic dye under stirring or shaking. In the aqueous solution, the cationic group of the resin and the anionic group of the dye are ionized, and these ions are ionically bonded to form a salt which is insoluble in water and precipitates. On the contrary, since the counter anion of the resin and the counter cation of the anionic dye are water-soluble, they can be removed by washing with water or the like. The (four) side: the resin having a cationic group and the anionic dye are each used in a single type or in a plurality of types having different structures. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 25 / Total 1 〇 8 pages ^03215110-0 201214030 Used in the formation of (4) (4) (4) Resin with a cationic group in the side chain, dissolved in the stagnation (10), _, village water and water-soluble organic A mixed solution of solvents. Tangential organic solvent "alcohol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, &quot; oxygen I propanol, ethoxylated 2-propanol, n-butyryl, iso-alcohol, 2, oxymethoxy) ethanol , 2-butoxyethanol, 2-(isopropoxy)ethanol, 2-(hexyloxy)ethanol, ethanol, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monomethyl-, diethylene glycol Ethyl alcohol monobutyl bond, triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol, glycerin, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, acetone, dipropylamine, aniline, (d), ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate Base, methyl ethyl _ 'U-dimethylmethyl _, dimethyl sub-sector, tetrahydro-bite (thf), two smoldering, 2-scale burning _, 2-methyl network, N _Methyl-2 砒嗔 ketone, 1,2-hexanediol, 2,46-hexanetriol, tetra-biting methanol, [methoxy-4pentadium. Nucleate (4) (4) Total weight of the solution As a standard, it is preferably used in a ratio of 5 to 5 % by weight, and is preferably used in a ratio of 5 to 20% by weight. The ratio of use of the red pigment to the southern product (1) is based on 100 parts by weight of the red pigment, and the halogenated product (A) should be 丨~80 weights, more preferably 5~60 When the amount of addition of the toothed product (A) is less than the weight of the crucible, the reproducible chromaticity region is narrowed, and when it exceeds 8 Å, the hue changes, which is not preferable. The substance (A) exhibits good characteristics by being used together with the red pigment, and this is because the halogenated product (A) is adsorbed to the red pigment while being dissolved in the solvent. [Red pigment> 100113570 The red pigment of the red coloring composition of the invention can be used in the past form number A0101, page 26 / total 1 page 8 page 1003215110-0 201214030

用之下述色彩索引號碼之紅色顏料。 包括C. I.顏料紅(Pigment Red)7、14、41、48 : 1、 48 : 2 ' 48 : 3 、 48 : 4 ' 57 : 1 ' 81 、 81 : 1 、 81 : 2 ' 81 : 3、81 : 4、97、122、123、146、149、166、168 、169、176、177、178、180、184、185、187、192 、200、202、208、209、210、215、216、217、220 、223、224、226、227、228、240、242、246、254 、255、264、270、272、273、276、277、278、279 、280、281、282、283、284、285、286及287等。 又’橘色系之紅色顏料可使用例如C. I.顏料橘13、34、 36、38、43、51、55、59、61、71 及73等。 該等紅色顏料可單獨使用或使用兩種以上。 該等之中,用於本發明之紅色著色組成物之紅色顏料宜 使用二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料及/或蒽醌系顏料及/或單偶 氮系或二偶氮系顏料。尤其若含有二_ D比洛并0比洛系顏 料,可達成高亮度,就該點而言非常適宜作為紅色顏料 具體而言,二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料宜為c.〗.顏料紅254、 255等,蒽醌系顏料宜為c.丨.顏料紅177。單偶氮系或二 偶氮系顏料宜為C. I.顏料紅166、22〇、242及c.丨·顏料 橘(Pigment Orange)38。 於鹵化生成物(A)與紅色顏料之組合令,就甚少產生塗膜 異物’耐熱性、耐光性、财溶劑性良好,進而可達成高 亮度方面而言’含C. I.酸性紅52之函化生成物⑴與 C· I.顏料紅254之組合、或含c. j.酸性紅52之由化生成 物(A)與C. I.顏料紅242之組合係非常適宜。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第27頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 用於本發明之紅色著色組成物之著色劑係除了含目前為 止所述之鹵化生成物(A)及紅色顏料以外,亦可含黃色顏 料。 黃色顏料可使用例如C. I.顏料黃(Pigment Ye 1 low) 1、 2、3、4、5、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、 20、24 ' 31、32、34、35、35 : 1 ' 36、36 : 1、37、 37 : 1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、 73、74、77、81、83、86、93、94、95、97、98、 100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、 115、116、117、118、119、120、123、125、126、 127、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、 151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、 166 ' 167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、 175 ' 176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、 188、193、194及 199 等。 其中尤以C. 1_顏料黃138、139、150及185為宜。 除了由鹵化生成物(A)及紅色顏料所組成的著色劑以外, 藉由同時使用黃色顏料作為補色,可調整色相。 顏料微細化 使用於本發明之紅色著色組成物之紅色顏料及視情況所 使用的顏料’係宜進行鹽磨處理予以微細化。從對著色 劑載體(樹脂黏結劑)中之良好分散來考量,顏料之—次 粒徑宜為2Onm以上。又,從可形成對比率高的濾光片區 段來考量’顏料之一次粒徑宜為1〇0ηιη以下。尤其適宜之 顏料之一次粒徑的範圍為25〜85nm。再者,顏料之一次 粒禋係採用從藉由顏料之TEM(穿透型電子顯微鏡)所取得 100113570 1003215110-0 表單編號A0101 第28頁/共108頁 201214030 的電子顯微鏡照片,直接計測一次粒子大小之方法來進 行。具體而言,計測各個顏料之一次粒子之短軸徑及長 軸徑,取平均作為該顏料粒子之粒徑。接著,針對100個 以上之顏料粒子,與已求出粒徑之立方體逼近而求出各 粒子之體積,將體積平均粒徑設為平均一次粒子徑。 鹽磨處理係指使用捏合機、2輥研磨機、3輥研磨機、球 研磨機、磨碎機及砂磨機等混合攪拌機,一面將顏料、Use the red color pigment of the following color index number. Including CI Pigment Red 7, 14, 41, 48 : 1, 48 : 2 ' 48 : 3 , 48 : 4 ' 57 : 1 ' 81 , 81 : 1 , 81 : 2 ' 81 : 3 , 81 : 4, 97, 122, 123, 146, 149, 166, 168, 169, 176, 177, 178, 180, 184, 185, 187, 192, 200, 202, 208, 209, 210, 215, 216, 217, 220, 223, 224, 226, 227, 228, 240, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 270, 272, 273, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286 and 287, etc. Further, for example, C. I. Pigment Orange 13, 34, 36, 38, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61, 71 and 73 can be used. These red pigments may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these, the red pigment used in the red coloring composition of the present invention is preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and/or an anthraquinone pigment and/or a monoazo or diazo pigment. In particular, if it contains bis-D-Bilo and 0-pyro pigment, high brightness can be achieved, which is very suitable as a red pigment in this point. Specifically, the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is preferably c. 〗. Pigment Red 254 255, etc., the lanthanide pigment is preferably c. 丨. Pigment Red 177. The monoazo or diazo pigment is preferably C.I. Pigment Red 166, 22〇, 242 and c. 丨·Pigment Orange 38. When the combination of the halogenated product (A) and the red pigment is used, it is less likely to cause a coating film foreign matter, which is excellent in heat resistance, light resistance, and solvent property, and further, in terms of high brightness, the function of CI-containing acid red 52 is obtained. The combination of the product (1) and C·I. Pigment Red 254 or the combination of the chemical product (A) and CI Pigment Red 242 containing cj acid red 52 is very suitable. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 27 / Total 1 Page 8 1003215110-0 201214030 The coloring agent used in the red coloring composition of the present invention may be in addition to the halogenated product (A) and the red pigment described so far. Contains yellow pigments. For the yellow pigment, for example, Pigment Ye 1 low 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24' 31, 32, 34, 35, 35 : 1 ' 36, 36 : 1, 37, 37 : 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166 '167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175 '176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, and 199, and the like. Among them, C. 1_Pigment Yellow 138, 139, 150 and 185 are preferred. In addition to the coloring agent composed of the halogenated product (A) and the red pigment, the hue can be adjusted by using a yellow pigment as a complementary color. Fineness of the pigment The red pigment used in the red coloring composition of the present invention and, if appropriate, the pigment used should be subjected to a salt milling treatment to be refined. From the viewpoint of good dispersion in the colorant carrier (resin binder), the pigment-secondary particle diameter is preferably 2 Onm or more. Further, it is considered that the primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 〇 0 ηηη or less from the filter section in which the contrast ratio can be formed. Particularly suitable pigments have a primary particle size ranging from 25 to 85 nm. Furthermore, the primary particle size of the pigment is measured directly from the electron micrograph of 100113570 1003215110-0 Form No. A0101, page 28 / 108 pages 201214030 by TEM (transmission electron microscope) of the pigment. The method to carry out. Specifically, the minor axis diameter and the major axis diameter of the primary particles of each pigment are measured and averaged as the particle diameter of the pigment particles. Next, for 100 or more pigment particles, the volume of each particle is determined by approximating the cube of the obtained particle diameter, and the volume average particle diameter is defined as the average primary particle diameter. Salt grinding treatment refers to the use of a mixing machine such as a kneader, a 2-roll mill, a 3-roll mill, a ball mill, an attritor, and a sand mill to paint the pigment on one side.

水溶性無機鹽與水溶性有機溶劑之混合物加熱,一面機 械性地混合授拌後,藉由水洗去除水溶性無機鹽及水溶 性有機溶劑之處理。水溶性無機鹽係作為粉碎助劑而發 揮功能。於鹽磨時,利用無機鹽之高硬度來粉碎顏料。 藉由將顏料予以鹽磨處理時之條件最佳化,可獲得一次 粒徑非常微細或分布範圍窄、具有清晰之粒度分布之顏 料。 Ο 水溶性無機鹽可使用例如氯化納、氣化鋇、氣化卸或硫 酸鈉。從價格面來看,宜使用氣化鈉(食鹽)。從處理效 率及生產效率兩方面來看,水溶性無機鹽係於以顏料之 總重量作為基準(100重量%)時,宜使用50〜2000重量 %,最宜使用300〜1000重量%。 水溶性有機溶劑係發揮濕潤顏料及水溶性無機鹽的作用 ,若是溶解(混合)於水且實質上不溶解於所用無機鹽之 物均可,並未特別限定。但於鹽磨時,溫度上升,溶劑 成為易蒸發的狀態,因此從安全性的觀點考量,宜為沸 點120°C以上之高沸點溶劑。可使用例如2 -(甲氧曱氧基 )乙烷、2 - 丁氧基乙烷、2-(異丙氧基)乙烷、2-(己氧 100113570 基)乙烧、2 -(己氧基)乙烧、二乙二醇、二乙二醇單甲 表單編號A0101 第29頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單丁基醚、三乙二 醇、三乙二醇單甲基醚、液狀的聚乙二醇、1 -甲氧基-2 -丙烷、1 -乙氧基-2-丙烷、二丙二醇、二丙二醇單 甲基醚、二丙二醇單乙基醚或液狀的聚丙二醇等。水溶 性有機溶劑係於以顏料之總重量作為基準(100重量% )時 ,宜使用5〜1000重量%,最宜使用50〜500重量%。 在將顏料予以鹽磨處理時,亦可因應需要添加樹脂。所 用樹脂之種類並未特別限定,可使用例如天然樹脂、改 質天然樹脂、合成樹脂或由天然樹脂改質之合成樹脂等 。所用樹脂宜在室溫下呈固體、為不溶水性,且一部分 可溶於上述有機溶劑更適宜。樹脂之使用量係於以顏料 之總重量作為基準(100重量%)時,宜使用5〜200重量 %。 〈樹脂黏結劑〉 樹脂黏結劑係令著色劑,尤其令函化生成物分散之物, 或令鹵化生成物染色、渗透之物,可舉出熱塑性樹脂、 熱硬化性樹脂。 樹脂黏結劑係宜於可見光區之400〜700nm之全波長區内 ,分光穿透率為80%以上,更宜為95%以上之樹脂。又 ,以鹼顯影型著色抗蝕劑之形態時,宜使用將含有酸性 基之乙烯性不飽和單體共聚後之鹼可溶性乙烯基系樹脂 。又,為了更加提升光感度,亦可使用具有乙烯性不飽 和雙重結合之活性能量線硬化性樹脂。 尤其藉由將側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和雙重結合之活性能量 線硬化性樹脂,用於彩色濾光片用鹼顯影型抗蝕劑,塗 布鹵化生成物(A )後之塗膜不產生異物,抗蝕劑材料中之 100113570 表單編號A0101 第30頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030The mixture of the water-soluble inorganic salt and the water-soluble organic solvent is heated, and after mechanically mixing and mixing, the water-soluble inorganic salt and the water-soluble organic solvent are removed by washing with water. The water-soluble inorganic salt functions as a pulverization aid. In salt milling, the high hardness of the inorganic salt is used to pulverize the pigment. By optimizing the conditions under which the pigment is subjected to salt milling, a pigment having a very fine particle size or a narrow distribution range and a clear particle size distribution can be obtained.水溶性 As the water-soluble inorganic salt, for example, sodium chloride, gasified hydrazine, gasification or sodium sulphate can be used. From the price point of view, it is advisable to use sodium vapor (salt). The water-soluble inorganic salt is preferably used in an amount of from 50 to 2000% by weight, and most preferably from 300 to 1,000% by weight, based on the total weight of the pigment (100% by weight). The water-soluble organic solvent functions as a wet pigment and a water-soluble inorganic salt, and is not particularly limited as long as it is dissolved (mixed) in water and substantially not dissolved in the inorganic salt to be used. However, in the case of salt milling, the temperature rises and the solvent evaporates. Therefore, from the viewpoint of safety, it is preferred to use a high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 120 °C or higher. For example, 2-(methoxymethoxy)ethane, 2-butoxyethane, 2-(isopropoxy)ethane, 2-(hexyloxy 100113570), and 2-(hexyloxy) can be used. Ethyl, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, single form number A0101, page 29 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 base ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether , triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, liquid polyethylene glycol, 1-methoxy-2-propane, 1-ethoxy-2-propane, dipropylene glycol, dipropylene glycol monomethyl Alkyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether or liquid polypropylene glycol. When the water-soluble organic solvent is based on the total weight of the pigment (100% by weight), it is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 1000% by weight, and most preferably 50 to 500% by weight. When the pigment is subjected to salt milling, the resin may be added as needed. The kind of the resin to be used is not particularly limited, and for example, a natural resin, a modified natural resin, a synthetic resin or a synthetic resin modified from a natural resin can be used. The resin to be used is preferably solid at room temperature, is insoluble in water, and is partially soluble in the above organic solvent. The amount of the resin to be used is preferably from 5 to 200% by weight based on the total weight of the pigment (100% by weight). <Resin Adhesive> The resin binder is a thermoplastic resin or a thermosetting resin, which is a material which disperses the functional product, or dyes or permeates the halogenated product. The resin binder is preferably in a wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm in the visible light region, and has a spectral transmittance of 80% or more, more preferably 95% or more. Further, in the case of the alkali-developing type coloring resist, an alkali-soluble vinyl-based resin obtained by copolymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer containing an acidic group is preferably used. Further, in order to further enhance the light sensitivity, an active energy ray-curable resin having an ethylene-unsaturated double bond may also be used. In particular, an active energy ray-curable resin in which a side chain has an ethylenic unsaturated double bond is used for an alkali-developing resist for a color filter, and a coating film obtained by applying a halogenated product (A) does not generate foreign matter. 100113570 in the resist material Form No. A0101 Page 30 / Total 108 Page 1003215110-0 201214030

D 鹵化生成物(A)之安定性受到改善,故較為適宜。使用侧 鏈不具有乙烯性不飽和雙重結合之直鏈狀樹脂黏結劑時 ’於混有樹脂黏結劑與染料之液中,染料不易被樹脂黏 結劑捕捉,具有自由度,從而染料成分容易凝集•析出 ,但藉由使用側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和雙重結合之活性負t 量線硬化性樹脂來作為樹脂黏結劑,於混有樹脂黏結劑 與染料之液中’染料易被樹脂黏結劑捕捉,從而染料成 分不易凝集.析出,而於進一步以活性能量線進行曝光 而形成膜時,樹脂黏結劑受到3次元架橋而固定染料分子 ,推測即便於其後之顯影步驟去除溶劑,染料成分仍不 易凝集•析出。 樹脂黏結劑之重量平均分子量(Mw)係為了令著色劑適宜 地分散’宜為1 0,000〜1 00,000之範圍,更宜為〇〇〇 〜80, 000之範圍。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)宜為5, 〇〇〇 〜50, 000之範圍,Mw/Μη之值宜為10以下。 ❹ 使用樹脂作為彩色濾光片用感光性著色組成物時,從顏 料及鹵化生成物之分散性、滲透性、顯影性及耐熱性的 觀點考量,吸附著色劑的基及顯影時作為鹼可溶性基發 揮作用之羧基、著色劑載體、及作為對於溶劑之親和性 基發揮作用之脂肪族基及芳香族基之均衡,係對於顏料 及鹵化生成物之分散性、滲透性、顯影性,進而對於耐 久性甚為重要’宜使用酸價為20〜300mgKOH/g之樹脂黏 結劑。酸價若小於2〇mgK〇H/g,則對於顯影液之溶解性 不佳’難以形成微細圖案。樹脂黏結劑之酸價若超過 SOOmgKOH/g,則未能留下微細圖案。 從成膜性及各種耐受性良好的觀點考量,樹脂黏結劑係 100113570 表單編號A0101 第31頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 於以著色劑之總重量作為基準(100重量%)時,宜使用30 重量%以上,由於著色劑濃度高,玎顯現良好的色彩特 性’因此宜以500重量%以下的量來使用。 熱塑性樹脂 作為樹脂黏結劑使用之熱塑性樹脂可舉出例如丙烯酸樹 脂、丁縮醛樹脂、苯乙烯-順丁烯二酸共聚物、氣化聚 乙烯、氣化聚丙烯、聚氣乙烯、氣乙烯-醋酸乙烯共聚 物、聚醋酸乙烯、聚氨酯樹脂、聚酯樹脂、乙稀基系樹 脂、醇酸樹脂、聚苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、橡膠系樹 脂、環化橡膠系樹脂、纖維素類、聚乙烯(HDPE(高密度 聚乙烯)、LDPE(低密度聚乙烯))、聚丁二烯及聚醯亞胺 樹脂等。 作為將上述含有酸性基之乙烯性不飽和單體予以共聚後 之乙烯基系鹼可溶性樹脂,可舉出例如具有羧基、績基 等酸性基之樹脂。具體而言,鹼可溶性樹脂可舉出具有 酸性基之丙烯酸樹脂、a_烯烴-(酐)順丁烯二酸共聚物、 苯乙烯-苯乙烯磺酸共聚物、苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚 物或異丁烯-(酐)順丁烯二酸共聚物等。其中尤其選自具 有酸性基之丙烯酸樹脂、及笨乙烯/笨乙烯磺酸共聚物之 至少1種樹脂,特別是具有酸性基之丙烯酸樹脂係耐熱性 、透明性南’因此適宜使用。 作為上述具有乙烯性不飽和雙重結合之活性能量線硬化 性樹脂,可舉出例如藉由以下所示方法(a)或(b)而導入 有不飽和乙烯性雙重結合之樹脂。 [方法(a)] 100113570 作為方法(a) 表單編號A0101 包括例如藉由將具有環氧基之不飽和乙烯 第32頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 性單體與其他1種以上之單體予以共聚,於所獲得之共聚 物之側鏈環氡基,令具有不飽和乙烯性雙重結合之不飽 和一價酸之羧基進行附加反應,進而於已生成的羥基, 令多價酸酐反應,以導入不飽和乙烯性雙重結合及羧基 之方法。 作為具有環氧基之不飽和乙烯性單體,可舉出例如環氧 丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲基環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2 —環氧丙氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、3, 4環氧丁基(甲基)丙烯 酸酯及3, 4環氧環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯。該等單獨使用或 同時使用兩種以上均無妨。從下一步驟中與不飽和一價 酸之反應性的觀點考量,宜為環氧丙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯 〇 作為不飽和一價酸,可舉出例如(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸 、〇_、m—或P—乙烯基安息香酸及(甲基)丙烯酸之α位 鹵烷、烷氧、鹵素、硝、氰置換體等單羧酸等。該等單 獨使用或同時使用兩種以上均無妨。 作為多價酸酐可舉出四氫苯二酸酐、苯二酸酐、六氫苯 二酸酐、琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐等。該等單獨使用或 同時使用兩種以上均無妨。因應需要而增加羧基數等, 使用偏苯三酸酐等三羧酸酐,亦或使用均苯四甲酸二酐 等四羧酸二酐,亦可將殘留的酐基予以加水分解等。又 ,作為多價酸酐若使用具有不飽和乙烯性雙重結合之四 氫苯二酸酐或順丁烯二酸酐,可進一步增加不飽和乙烯 性雙重結合。 作為與方法(a)類似之方法,包括例如於藉由將具有羧基 之不飽和乙烯性單體、與其他1種以上之單體共聚所獲得 100113570 表單編號A0101 第33頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 的共聚物之侧鏈羧基之一部分,令具有環氧基之不飽和 乙烯性單體進行附加反應,以導入不飽和乙烯性雙重結 合及羧基之方法。 [方法(b)] 作為方法(b),包括使用具有羥基之不飽和乙烯性單體, 與其他具有羧基之不飽和一價基酸或其他單體予以共聚 ,於所獲得的共聚物之側鏈羥基,令具有異氰酸酯基之 不飽和乙烯性單體之異氰酸酯基進行反應之方法。 作為具有羥基之不飽和乙烯性單體可舉出2 —羥基乙基( 甲基)丙烯酸酯、2 -或3 —羥基丙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、2 ••或3-或4-羥基丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙三醇(甲基) 丙烯酸酯及環己烷二甲醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等羥基烷基( 曱基)丙烯酸酯類。該等單獨使用或同時使用兩種以上均 無妨。又,亦可使用於上述羥基烷基(甲基〉丙烯酸酯, 令乙烯過氧化物、丙烯過氧化物及/或丁基過氧化物等進 行附加聚合而成之聚醚單(甲基)丙烯酸酯,或附加有(聚 )r -戊内酯、(聚)ε -己内酯及/或(聚)12_羥基硬酯 酸等之(聚)S旨單(曱基)丙烤酸g旨。從抑制塗膜異物的觀 點考量,宜為2 -羥基乙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯或丙三醇(曱基 )丙稀酸醋。 具有異氰酸酯基之不飽和乙嫦性單體可舉出2 _(甲基)丙 烯醯氧乙基異氰酸酯或1,1-雙[(曱基)丙烯醯氧]乙基異 氰酸酯等,但不限定於該等,亦可同時使用兩種以上。 熱硬化性樹脂 作為樹脂黏結劑使用之熱硬化性樹脂可舉出例如環氧樹 100113570 脂、笨并胺樹脂、松香改質順丁烯二酸樹脂、松香改質 表單編號A0101 第34頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 富馬酸樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、尿素樹脂及酚樹脂等。 〈溶劑〉 於本發明之紅色著色組成物可含有溶劑,以使得著色劑 充分分散、滲透於著色劑載體中,於玻璃基板等基板上 ,塗布為乾燥膜厚成為0. 2〜5&quot;而容易形成濾光片區段 〇 作為溶劑可舉出例如乳酸乙基、苄基醇、1,2,3-三氣 丙烷、1,3- 丁二醇、1,3- 丁二醇、1,3- 丁二醇二 乙酸鹽、1,4-二噁烷、2-庚酮、2-甲基-1,3-丙二 醇、3,3,5 -三曱基-2 -環己烯-1 -酮、3,5,5 三甲基環己酮、3 -乙氧基丙酸乙基、3 -甲氧基-3 -曱 基乙酸丁酯、3-曱氧基丁醇、3 -甲氧基乙酸丁酯、4-庚酮、間二甲苯、間二乙苯、間二氯苯、N,N-二甲基 乙醯胺、正丁苯、正乙酸丙酯、N -吡咯酮、鄰二甲苯、 鄰氣甲苯、鄰二乙苯、鄰二氣苯、對氣甲苯、對二乙苯 、二級丁苯、三級丁苯'異佛酮、乙二醇二乙醚、乙二 醇二丁醚、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸鹽、乙二醇單第三丁醚、 乙二醇單丁醚乙酸鹽、乙二醇單丙醚、二異丁酮、環己 醇乙酸鹽、二丙二醇二甲醚、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸鹽、二 丙二醇單丁醚、二丙酮醇、丙二醇二乙酸鹽、丙二醇苯 基醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸鹽、丙二醇單曱醚丙酸鹽、苯基醇、 曱基異丁酮、甲基環己醇、醋酸正胺基、醋酸正丁基、 醋酸異胺基、醋酸異丁基、醋酸丙基、二價酸酯等。 其中從本發明之顏料、鹵化生成物(A))之分散、溶解良 好的觀點來看,宜使用乳酸乙基、丙二醇單曱基醚醋酸 100113570 表單編號A0101 第35頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 酯、丙二醇單乙基醚醋酸酯、乙二醇單曱基醚醋酸酯及 乙二醇單乙基醚醋酸酯等醇醋酸酯類、苄基醇等芳香族 醇類、或環己酮等酮類。 溶劑可單獨使用1種或混合2種以上使用。又,溶劑由於 可將著色組成物調節為適當黏度,形成作為目標之膜厚 均勻的著色層,因此於以著色劑之總重量作為基準(10 0 重量%)時,宜以800〜4000重量%的量來使用。 〈著色組成物之製造方法〉 本發明之紅色著色組成物係可藉由將包含紅色顏料及鹵 化生成物(A)之著色劑,溶解或分散於前述樹脂黏結劑、 及因應需要之溶劑所組成的著色劑載體中來製造。分散 製造時,宜與色素衍生物等分散助劑一同利用3輥研磨機 、2輥研磨機、砂磨機、捏合機及磨碎機等各種分散機構 予以微細地分散製造。又,本發明之紅色著色組成物亦 可將鹵化生成物(A)、紅色顏料等其他著色劑等個別溶解 或分散於著色劑載體,予以混合而製造。 分散助劑 將著色劑分散於著色劑載體中時,可適當地使用色素衍 生物、樹脂型顏料分散劑及界面活性劑等分散助劑。分 散助劑係分散著色劑之能力良好,防止分散後之著色劑 再凝結的效果甚大,因此使用利用分散助劑以令著色劑 分散於著色劑載體中而成之著色組成物時,可獲得分光 穿透率高之彩色濾光片。於本發明中,鹵化生成物(A)亦 可發揮作為紅色顏料分散助劑之作用,故為適宜的組合 吖啶酮或三嗪中 色素衍生物可舉出於有機顏料、蒽醌 100113570 表單編號A0101 第36頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 ,導入有鹼性置換基、酸性置換基或亦可具有置換基之 鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基之化合物。 於本發明中,色素衍生物宜為顏料衍生物,其構造係由 下述一般式(2)所示之化合物。 P-(L) 式(2) η (於一般式(2),Ρ係表示有機顏料殘基、蒽醌骨架、吖啶 酮骨架或三嗪骨架等,L係表示鹼性置換基、酸性置換基 或亦可具有置換基之鄰苯二甲醯亞胺曱基,η為1〜4的整 數)。 作為構成Ρ之有機顏料殘基之有機顏料可舉出例如:°比咯 并。比咯二酮系顏料;偶氮、雙偶氮、聚偶氮等偶氮系顏 料;銅酞菁、鹵化銅酞菁、無金屬酞菁等酞菁系顏料; 胺蔥醌、二胺二蔥醌、蒽嘧啶、黃蒽酮、嵌二蒽酮、標 準還原藍、呋喃酮、蒽酮紫染料等蔥醌系顏料;喹吖酮 系顏料;二噻嗪系顏料;茈系顏料;芘系顏料;噻嗪靛 藍系顏料;異吲哚滿系顏料;異吲哚滿酮系顏料;喹吖 酮系顏料;杜烯系顏料;及金屬錯合體顏料等。 色素衍生物可使用例如日本特開昭63-3051 73號、日本 特公昭57-1 5620號、日本特公昭59-401 72號、日本特 公昭63-1 71 02號、日本特公平5-9469號等所記載之物, 該等可單獨使用或混合兩種以上使用。 從分散性提升的觀點考量,色素衍生物之調配量係於以 著色劑總量為基準(100重量%)時,宜為1重量%以上, 最宜為3重量%以上。又,從财熱性、对光性的觀點考量 ,以著色劑之總量為基準(100重量%)時,宜為40重量% 以下,最宜為35重量%以下。 100113570 表單編號Α0101 第37頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 樹脂型分散劑係具有具吸附於顏料之性質之顏料親和性 部位、及與顏料載體具相溶性之部位,具有吸附於著色 劑以使著色劑對於顏料載體之分散安定化之作用。具體 之樹脂型分散劑可使用聚氨酯、聚丙烯酸酯等聚羧酸酯 、不飽和聚醯胺、聚羧酸、聚羧酸(部分)胺鹽、聚羧酸 銨鹽、聚羧酸烷胺鹽、聚矽氧烷、長鏈聚胺基醯胺磷酸 鹽、含烴基之聚羧酸酯或此等之改質物、藉由與具有聚 合(低級烧亞胺)及游離之幾基之聚酯反應所形成之酿胺 或其鹽等之油性分散劑、(曱基)丙烯酸-(甲基)丙烯酸 酯共聚物、苯乙烯-順丁烯二酸共聚物、聚乙稀醇、聚 乙稀π比哈醇4水溶性樹脂或水溶性高分子化合物、聚醋 系分散劑、改質聚丙稀酸酯系分散劑、乙婦氧化物/丙稀 氧化物附加化合物、燐酸酯系分散劑等,該等可單獨使 用或混合兩種以上來使用,但未必要限定在該等。 市售的樹脂型分散劑可舉出BYK-Chemie公司製之〇丨3- perbyk-101、103 ' 107 ' 108、110、111、116、130 、140、154、161、162、163、164、165、166、170 、171、174、180、181、182、183、184、185、190 、2000 、 2001 、 2020 、 2090 、 2091 、 2164或2163 、 Anti-Terra-U、203及204、BYK - P104、P104S、 220S及6919、Lactimon、Lactimom-WS以及Bykumen 、曰本Lubrizol 公司製之SOLSPERSE-3000、9000、 13240 、 13650 、 13940 、 17000 、 18000 、 20000 、 21000 、 24000 、 26000 ' 27000 、 28000 、 31845 、 32000 ' 32500 ' 32600 ' 34750 ' 36600 ' 38500 、 41000、41090、53095、55000及76500、日本千葉公 100113570 表單編號A0101 第38頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 司製之EFKA-46、47、48、452、LP4008、4009、 LP4010 、 LP4050 、 LP4055 、 400 、 401 、 402 、 403 、 450 、 451 ' 453 ' 4540 、 4550 、 4560 、 4800 、 5010 、 5065、5066、5070、7500、7554、1101、120、150、 1501、1502及 1503、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno公司製 之AJISPER-PA111、PB71 卜 PB82卜 PB822、PB824等 〇 作為界面活性劑可舉出聚環氧乙烷醚硫酸鹽、十二烷基 苯磺酸鈉、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物之丙烯酸鹽、烷基萘 磺酸鈉、烷基二苯醚二磺酸鈉、月桂基硫酸乙醇胺、月 桂基硫酸三乙醇胺、月桂基硫酸銨、硬脂酸乙醇胺、硬 脂酸銨、月桂基硫酸鈉、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物之乙醇 胺、聚環氧乙烷醚磷酸醚等陰離子性界面活性劑;聚環 氧乙烯油醚、聚環氧乙烯月桂醚、聚環氧乙烯壬基苯醚 、聚環氧乙烷醚磷酸酯、聚環氧乙烯山梨糖酵酐甘油硬 脂酸等陽離子性界面活性劑;烷基4級銨鹽或其等之環氧 乙烧附加物等生膠乾德性界面活性劑;烧基二甲胺醋酸 季按羧酸内鹽等烷基季銨羧酸内鹽;或烷基咪唑啉等雙 性界面活性劑’該等可單獨或混合2種以上來使用,但未 必要限定在該等。 添加樹脂型分散劑、界面活性劑時,其量係於以著色劑 之總量作為基準(1〇〇重量%)時,宜為0.1〜55重量%, 進而更宜為0.1〜45重量%。樹脂型分散劑、界面活性劑 之調配量小於〇. 1重量%時,難以獲得添加效果,調配量 多於55重量%時,由於過多的分散劑,可能會對分散造 成影響。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第39頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 本發明之紅色著色組成物可進一步添加光聚合性單體及/ 或光聚合起始劑,以作為彩色濾光片用感光性著色組成 物來使用。 光聚合性單體 光聚合性單體包含藉由紫外線或熱等硬化而生成透明樹 脂之單體或寡聚物’該等可單獨或混合2種以上來使用。 單體之調配量係於以著色劑之總重量作為基準U 〇〇重量 %)時’宜為5〜400重量%,從光硬化性及顯影性的觀點 考量’更宜為10〜300重量%。 藉由紫外線或熱等硬化而生成透明樹脂之單體、募聚物 可舉出例如:曱基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、乙基(甲基)丙烯酸 s旨、2 -羥基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2 —羥基丙基(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、石—羧基(曱基)丙烯 酸S曰、聚乙一醇單(曱基)丙稀酸g旨、1,6 -己二醯二(甲 基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及、三丙二醇 二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新 戊四醇(曱基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(曱基)丙烯酸酯、 二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙稀酸酯、二新戍四醇六(甲基)丙 烯酸酯、1,6-丁二醇二縮水甘油基醚、雙酚a二縮水甘 油基醚、新戊二醇甘油基醚、羥甲基化三聚氰胺等各種 丙烯酸酯及曱基丙烯酸酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸、苯乙稀、 醋酸乙烯、羥基乙基乙烯醚、乙二醇二乙嫜醚、新戊四 醇三乙烯醚、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥基甲基(甲基)丙烯 醯胺、N-乙烯甲醯胺、丙烯醯腈等,但未必限定於該等 〇 光聚合起始劑 100113570 表單編號A0101 第40頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 於本發明之彩色濾光片用著色组成物,藉由紫外線照射 使該組成物硬化,藉由光微影法形成濾光片區段時,可 加入光聚合起始劑等,以溶劑顯影型或鹼顯影型著色抗 蝕剤材料的形態來調整。使用光聚合起始劑時之調配量 係於以著色劑之總量作為基準時,宜為5〜2〇〇重量%, 從光硬化性及顯影性的觀點考量,更宜為1〇〜15〇重量% 光聚合起始劑可使用例如:4 -苯氧基二氣代苯乙酮、4 -t - 丁基二氣代苯乙酮、二乙氧基苯乙酮、1 _ -異It is preferable that the stability of the D halogenated product (A) is improved. When a linear resin binder having no side chain of ethylenic unsaturation is used, 'in the liquid mixed with the resin binder and the dye, the dye is not easily captured by the resin binder, and the degree of freedom is easy, so that the dye component is easily aggregated. Precipitation, but by using an active negative t-line curable resin having an ethylenic unsaturated double bond in the side chain as a resin binder, the dye is easily captured by the resin binder in a liquid mixed with a resin binder and a dye. Therefore, the dye component is less likely to aggregate and precipitate, and when the film is further exposed by the active energy ray to form a film, the resin binder is fixed by the 3 dimensional bridge to fix the dye molecules, and it is presumed that the dye component is not easily agglomerated even after the solvent is removed in the subsequent development step. • Precipitation. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin binder is preferably in the range of from 10,000 to 1,00,000 in order to suitably disperse the colorant, and more preferably in the range of from 〇〇〇 to 80,000. Further, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably in the range of 5, 〇〇〇 to 50,000, and the value of Mw/Μη is preferably 10 or less. ❹ When a resin is used as a photosensitive coloring composition for a color filter, it is considered as an alkali-soluble group from the viewpoint of dispersibility, permeability, developability, and heat resistance of the pigment and the halogenated product. The balance between the carboxyl group, the colorant carrier, and the aliphatic group and the aromatic group which act as an affinity group for the solvent, and the dispersibility, permeability, and developability of the pigment and the halogenated product, and further durability Sex is very important' It is preferable to use a resin binder having an acid value of 20 to 300 mgKOH/g. When the acid value is less than 2 〇 mgK 〇 H / g, the solubility in the developer is poor. It is difficult to form a fine pattern. If the acid value of the resin binder exceeds SOOmgKOH/g, a fine pattern cannot be left. From the viewpoints of film formation properties and various tolerances, resin binder 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 31 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 When using the total weight of the colorant as a reference (100% by weight), When 30% by weight or more is used, since the colorant concentration is high, 玎 exhibits good color characteristics. Therefore, it is preferably used in an amount of 500% by weight or less. The thermoplastic resin used as the resin binder for the thermoplastic resin may, for example, be an acrylic resin, a butyral resin, a styrene-maleic acid copolymer, a vaporized polyethylene, a vaporized polypropylene, a polyethylene gas, or an ethylene-ethylene- Vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl acetate, polyurethane resin, polyester resin, ethylene base resin, alkyd resin, polystyrene resin, polyamide resin, rubber resin, cyclized rubber resin, cellulose, Polyethylene (HDPE (High Density Polyethylene), LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene)), polybutadiene, and polyimide resin. The vinyl-based alkali-soluble resin obtained by copolymerizing the above-mentioned acidic group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer may, for example, be a resin having an acidic group such as a carboxyl group or a mercapto group. Specifically, the alkali-soluble resin may be an acrylic resin having an acidic group, an a-olefin-(anhydride) maleic acid copolymer, a styrene-styrenesulfonic acid copolymer, or a styrene-(meth)acrylic acid. Copolymer or isobutylene-(anhydride) maleic acid copolymer or the like. Among them, at least one type of resin selected from the group consisting of an acrylic resin having an acidic group and a stupid ethylene/stupidyl sulfonic acid copolymer is used, and in particular, an acrylic resin having an acidic group is heat-resistant and transparent. The active energy ray-curable resin having a double bond of ethylenic unsaturation may, for example, be a resin in which an unsaturated ethylenic double bond is introduced by the method (a) or (b) shown below. [Method (a)] 100113570 As the method (a) Form No. A0101 includes, for example, by using an epoxy group-containing unsaturated ethylene page 32/108 page 1003215110-0 201214030 monomer and one or more other monomers Copolymerizing, in the side chain cyclic thiol group of the obtained copolymer, an additional reaction of the carboxyl group of the unsaturated monovalent acid having an unsaturated ethylenic double bond, and further reacting the generated hydroxyl group with the polyvalent acid anhydride to A method of introducing an unsaturated ethylenic double bond and a carboxyl group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group include a glycidyl (meth)acrylate, a methyl epoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and a 2-epoxypropoxy group (A). Acrylate, 3,4 epoxybutyl (meth) acrylate and 3, 4 epoxy cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of reactivity with an unsaturated monovalent acid in the next step, it is preferred that the epoxy propyl (fluorenyl) acrylate is used as the unsaturated monovalent acid, and examples thereof include (meth)acrylic acid and crotonic acid. And mono-carboxylic acid such as 〇_, m- or P-vinylbenzoic acid and (meth)acrylic acid, such as α-halogenane, alkoxy, halogen, nitrate, cyanide replacement, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Examples of the polyvalent acid anhydride include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, and maleic anhydride. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. If necessary, the number of carboxyl groups may be increased, and a tricarboxylic acid anhydride such as trimellitic anhydride or a tetracarboxylic dianhydride such as pyromellitic dianhydride may be used, or the residual anhydride group may be hydrolyzed or the like. Further, as the polyvalent acid anhydride, if tetrahydrophthalic anhydride or maleic anhydride having an unsaturated ethylenic double bond is used, the unsaturated ethylenic double bond can be further increased. As a method similar to the method (a), for example, by copolymerizing an unsaturated ethylenic monomer having a carboxyl group with one or more other monomers, 100113570, Form No. A0101, Page 33/108, 1003215110- 0 201214030 A part of the carboxyl group of the side chain of the copolymer, which is subjected to an additional reaction of an ethylenically unsaturated ethylenic monomer to introduce an unsaturated ethylenic double bond and a carboxyl group. [Method (b)] As the method (b), comprising using an unsaturated ethylenic monomer having a hydroxyl group, copolymerizing with another unsaturated monovalent acid having a carboxyl group or other monomer, on the side of the obtained copolymer A method of reacting a chain hydroxyl group with an isocyanate group of an unsaturated ethylenic monomer having an isocyanate group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated ethylenic monomer having a hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- or 3-hydroxypropyl (decyl) acrylate, 2 • or 3- or 4-hydroxyl A hydroxyalkyl (mercapto) acrylate such as butyl (meth) acrylate, glycerol (meth) acrylate or cyclohexane dimethanol mono (meth) acrylate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, it can also be used in the above-mentioned hydroxyalkyl group (methyl acrylate), and polyether mono(meth)acrylic acid obtained by additionally polymerizing an ethylene peroxide, a propylene peroxide, and/or a butyl peroxide. Ester, or (poly)r-valerolactone, (poly)ε-caprolactone and/or (poly)12-hydroxystearic acid (poly)S, mono(indenyl)propane roasting acid g From the viewpoint of suppressing the foreign matter of the coating film, it is preferably 2-hydroxyethyl (decyl) acrylate or glycerol (mercapto) acrylic acid vinegar. The unsaturated ethyl hydrazide monomer having an isocyanate group can be mentioned. 2 _(methyl) propylene oxiranyl ethyl isocyanate or 1,1-bis[(fluorenyl) propylene oxy oxy] ethyl isocyanate, etc., but it is not limited to these, and it is also possible to use two or more types simultaneously. The thermosetting resin used as the resin binder may, for example, be epoxy resin 100113570 grease, styrene amine resin, rosin modified maleic acid resin, rosin modified form No. A0101, page 34 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 Fumaric acid resin, melamine resin, urea resin and phenol resin, etc. 2〜5&quot; 形成形成的滤的过滤的The light sheet section 〇 as the solvent may, for example, be ethyl lactate, benzyl alcohol, 1,2,3-trimethylpropane, 1,3-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, or 1,3-butyl Glycol diacetate, 1,4-dioxane, 2-heptanone, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 3,3,5-trimercapto-2-cyclohexene-1-one, 3,5,5 trimethylcyclohexanone, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxy-3-mercaptoacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, 3-methoxyacetic acid Butyl ester, 4-heptanone, m-xylene, m-diethylbenzene, m-dichlorobenzene, N,N-dimethylacetamide, n-butylbenzene, n-propyl acetate, N-pyrrolidone, o-xylene , o- toluene, o-diethylbenzene, o-di-benzene, p-toluene, p-diethylbenzene, dibutylbenzene, tertiary butylbenzene, isophorone, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether , ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl Ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanol acetate, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, diacetone alcohol, propylene glycol diacetate, Propylene glycol phenyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoterpene ether propionate, phenyl alcohol, mercapto isobutyl ketone, methyl cyclohexanol, And n-butyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, divalent acid ester, etc., wherein the pigment and the halogenated product (A) of the present invention are dispersed and dissolved well. From the point of view, it is advisable to use ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monodecyl ether acetate 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 35 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 Ester, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monodecyl ether acetate And an alcoholic acid ester such as ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate or an aromatic alcohol such as benzyl alcohol or a ketone such as cyclohexanone. The solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, since the solvent can adjust the coloring composition to an appropriate viscosity to form a desired coloring layer having a uniform film thickness, it is preferably 800 to 4000% by weight based on the total weight of the coloring agent (10% by weight). The amount to use. <Method for Producing Colored Composition> The red colored composition of the present invention can be obtained by dissolving or dispersing a coloring agent containing a red pigment and a halogenated product (A) in the above-mentioned resin binder and a solvent as needed. Manufactured in a color carrier. In the case of dispersion production, it is preferably dispersed and produced together with various dispersing means such as a three-roll mill, a two-roll mill, a sand mill, a kneader, and an attritor together with a dispersing aid such as a pigment derivative. Further, the red coloring composition of the present invention may be obtained by separately dissolving or dispersing other coloring agents such as a halogenated product (A) and a red pigment in a colorant carrier and mixing them. Dispersing aid When the coloring agent is dispersed in the coloring agent carrier, a dispersing aid such as a pigment derivative, a resin type pigment dispersing agent, and a surfactant can be suitably used. The dispersing aid has a good ability to disperse the coloring agent, and the effect of preventing re-coagulation of the dispersing coloring agent is very large. Therefore, when a dispersing aid is used to disperse the coloring agent in the coloring agent carrier, the coloring composition can be obtained. A color filter with high penetration. In the present invention, the halogenated product (A) can also function as a red pigment dispersing aid, so that a suitable combination of acridone or a triazine pigment derivative can be exemplified by an organic pigment, 蒽醌100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 36 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 , a compound having a basic substituent, an acidic substituent or a phthalimidomethyl group which may also have a substituent is introduced. In the present invention, the dye derivative is preferably a pigment derivative, and its structure is a compound represented by the following general formula (2). P-(L) Formula (2) η (In general formula (2), lanthanide means an organic pigment residue, an anthracene skeleton, an acridone skeleton or a triazine skeleton, and the L system represents a basic substituent and an acid substitution. Or an ortho-phthaliminium group which may have a substituent group, and η is an integer of from 1 to 4. The organic pigment constituting the residue of the organic pigment of ruthenium may, for example, be a ratio of °. Bis-dione-based pigments; azo-based pigments such as azo, disazo, polyazo; copper phthalocyanine, copper halide phthalocyanine, phthalocyanine-free pigments such as metal-free phthalocyanine; amine onion, diamine and onion Anthraquinone pigments such as anthraquinone, pyridoxine, xanthone, indolinone, standard reduction blue, furanone, anthrone violet dye; quinophthalone pigment; dithiazine pigment; anthraquinone pigment; anthraquinone pigment Thiazinium blue pigment; isoindane pigment; isoindolinone pigment; quinophthalone pigment; durene pigment; and metal complex pigment. For the pigment derivative, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63-3051 73, Japanese Special Public Show No. 57-1 5620, Japanese Special Public Show No. 59-401 72, Japanese Special Public Show No. 63-1 71 02, and Japanese Special Fair 5-9469 The materials described in the above, etc., may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When the amount of the dye derivative is based on the total amount of the colorant (100% by weight), it is preferably 1% by weight or more, and most preferably 3% by weight or more. Moreover, it is preferable that it is 40 weight% or less, and it is preferable that it is 35 weight% or less from the viewpoint of a heat| 100113570 Form No. Α0101 Page 37 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 Resin-type dispersant has a pigment affinity site adsorbed to the pigment and a site compatible with the pigment carrier, and has a coloring agent adsorbed thereon. The effect of the colorant on the dispersion stabilization of the pigment carrier. The specific resin type dispersant may be a polycarboxylate such as polyurethane or polyacrylate, an unsaturated polyamine, a polycarboxylic acid, a polycarboxylic acid (partial) amine salt, a polycarboxylic acid ammonium salt, or a polycarboxylic acid alkylamine salt. , polyoxyalkylene oxide, long-chain polyamine decylamine phosphate, hydrocarbon-containing polycarboxylate or the like, by reacting with a polyester having a polymerization (lower pyrimine) and a free radical An oily dispersant such as a brewing amine or a salt thereof, a (mercapto)acrylic acid-(meth)acrylate copolymer, a styrene-maleic acid copolymer, a polyethylene glycol, a polyethylene π ratio a hafnol 4 water-soluble resin, a water-soluble polymer compound, a polyester-based dispersant, a modified polyacrylate-based dispersant, an o-oxide oxide/acrylic oxide-added compound, a phthalate-based dispersant, etc. They may be used singly or in combination of two or more, but it is not necessarily limited to these. Commercially available resin-type dispersing agents are per3-perbyk-101, 103' 107' 108, 110, 111, 116, 130, 140, 154, 161, 162, 163, 164, which are manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd. 165, 166, 170, 171, 174, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 190, 2000, 2001, 2020, 2090, 2091, 2164 or 2163, Anti-Terra-U, 203 and 204, BYK - P104, P104S, 220S and 6919, Lactimon, Lactimom-WS, and Bykumen, SOL本 Lubrizol, SOLSPERSE-3000, 9000, 13240, 13650, 13940, 17000, 18000, 20000, 21000, 24000, 26000 '27000, 28000, 31845 , 32000 ' 32500 ' 32600 ' 34750 ' 36600 ' 38500 , 41000 , 41090 , 53095 , 55000 and 76500 , Japan Chiba 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 38 / 108 Page 1003215110-0 201214030 EFKA-46, 47 , 48, 452, LP4008, 4009, LP4010, LP4050, LP4055, 400, 401, 402, 403, 450, 451 '453 ' 4540, 4550, 4560, 4800, 5010, 5065, 5066, 5070, 7500, 7554, 1101 , 120, 150, 1501, 1502, and 1503 AJISPER-PA111, PB71, PB82, PB822, PB824, etc., manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd., as a surfactant, may be exemplified by polyethylene oxide ether sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, and styrene-acrylic acid copolymer. Acrylate, sodium alkylnaphthalene sulfonate, sodium alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonate, ethanolyl lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, ethanolamine stearate, ammonium stearate, lauryl Anionic surfactants such as sodium sulphate, styrene-acrylic acid copolymer ethanolamine, polyethylene oxide ether phosphate ether; polyethylene oxide oleyl ether, polyethylene oxide lauryl ether, polyepoxy decyl phenyl ether, a cationic surfactant such as polyoxyethylene ether phosphate, polyethylene oxide sorbitan glycerol stearic acid, or the like; an alkyl 4-grade ammonium salt or the like a surfactant; an alkyl quaternary ammonium carboxylate such as a carboxylic acid inner salt; or an amphoteric surfactant such as an alkyl imidazoline may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. However, it is not necessary to limit it to this. When the resin-type dispersant or the surfactant is added, the amount thereof is preferably 0.1 to 55% by weight, and more preferably 0.1 to 45% by weight based on the total amount of the coloring agent (1% by weight). When the amount of the resin-type dispersant or the surfactant is less than 0.1% by weight, it is difficult to obtain an effect of addition, and when the amount is more than 55% by weight, excessive dispersion may affect the dispersion. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 39/Total 1 Page 8 1003215110-0 201214030 The red coloring composition of the present invention may further contain a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerization initiator to be used as a color filter for photosensitivity. Coloring the composition to use. Photopolymerizable monomer The photopolymerizable monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds of monomers or oligomers which are formed by curing with ultraviolet rays or heat. The amount of the monomer to be added is preferably from 5 to 400% by weight based on the total weight of the colorant, and is preferably from 10 to 300% by weight from the viewpoint of photocurability and developability. . Examples of the monomer or the condensed polymer which forms a transparent resin by curing by ultraviolet rays or heat, for example, mercapto (mercapto) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (methyl) Acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, s-carboxy (indenyl) acrylic acid S 曰, polyethylene glycol mono(indenyl) acrylic acid 1,6-hexanedi(di)(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(decyl)acrylate, trimethylolpropane (meth)acrylate, Neopentyl alcohol (mercapto) acrylate, neopentyl alcohol tetrakis(meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (methyl) acrylate, diterpene tetraol hexa (meth) acrylate , 1,6-butanediol diglycidyl ether, bisphenol a diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol glyceryl ether, methylolated melamine, and the like, various acrylates and mercapto acrylates, (methyl Acrylic acid, styrene, vinyl acetate, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, neopentyl Alcohol trivinyl ether, (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-vinyl carbamide, acrylonitrile, etc., but not necessarily limited to such luminescent polymerization initiators 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 40 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 In the coloring composition for a color filter of the present invention, the composition is cured by ultraviolet irradiation, and a filter segment is formed by photolithography. In this case, a photopolymerization initiator or the like may be added and adjusted in the form of a solvent developing type or an alkali developing type colored resist material. The amount of the photopolymerization initiator to be used is preferably from 5 to 2% by weight based on the total amount of the coloring agent, and is preferably from 1 to 15 in terms of photocurability and developability. 〇% by weight The photopolymerization initiator can be used, for example, 4-phenoxydiacetoacetophenone, 4-t-butyldithioacetophenone, diethoxyacetophenone, 1 _-different

丙基苯基)-2_羥基甲基丙烷_1_酮、1_羥基環 己基苯酮、2 -苄基二甲基胺-1 - (4 -嗎啉苯基)-丁烷 -1-酮等乙醢苯系化合物;苯并、苯并曱醚、苯并乙醚 、笨并異丙醚、苄基二甲基縮酮等苯并系化合物;二苯 曱酮、苯醯安息香酸、笨醯安息香酸甲基、4 -苯基二苯 甲酿I、羥基二苯甲酮、丙烯醯化二苯甲酮、4 -苯醯-4 曱基二苯基硫化物、3,3’,4,4’ -四(t- 丁基 過氧羧基)二苯甲酮等二笨甲醚系化合物;噻噸酮、2 -氣噻噸酮、2-曱基噻噸酮、異丙基噻噸酮、2,4-二異 丙基噻噸酮、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮等噻噸酮系化合物; 2,4,6-三氣-鄰三嗪、2-苯基-4,6-雙(三氯曱 基)-鄰三嗪、2-(對甲氧基苯基)_4,6 -雙(三氣曱 基)-鄰三嗪、2-(對甲苯基)—4,6-雙(三氣曱基)-鄰三嗪、2 -胡椒基-4,6 -雙(三氣曱基)_鄰三嗪、 2,4 -雙(三氣曱基)-6 -苯乙烯基-鄰三嗪、2-(萘 并-1-基)_4’ 6-雙(三氣甲基)一鄰三嗪、2_(4_ 甲氧基萘并-1-基)-4,6 -雙(三氯甲基)-鄰三嗪、 2,4 -二氣曱基-(胡概基)一6_三。秦、2,4_二氣曱 100113570 表單編號A0101 第41頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 基(4,··甲氧基苯乙烯基)-6 -三嗪等三嗪系化合物; 1,2-辛二嗣、1-[4-(苯硫基)-,2(0-苯并肟)] 、0 -(乙醯)-N (1 -笨基-2 _羰-2 - (4, _曱氧基 -萘基)亞乙基)羥胺等肟酯系化合物;雙(2,4 6 -三 曱基苯并)環氧苯膦、2,4,6-三曱基苯并環氧苯膦等 膦系化合物;9,10 -菲醌、樟腦醌、乙基蒽醌等醌系化 合物;硼酸酯系化合物;咔唑系化合物;或者咪唑系化 合物等。 該等光聚合起始劑可使用1種,或因應需要而以任意比率 混合2種以上來使用。該等光聚合起始劑係於以彩色濾光 片用紅色著色組成物中之著色劑之總重作為基準(1 〇 〇重 量%)時,宜為5〜200重量%,從光硬化性及顯影性的觀 點考量,更宜為10〜150重量%。 增感劑 進而言之,於本發明之彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物中 ,可進一步含有增感劑。 增感劑可舉出由黃酮衍生物或二亞苄基丙_等所代表之 不飽和酮類、由苄或樟腦醌等所代表之丨,2_二_衍生 物、苯并衍生物、苟衍生物、萘醌衍生物、蒽醌衍生物 、。占噸衍生物、硫代咕噸衍生物、咕噸酮衍生物、硫代 咕噸酮衍生物、香豆素衍生物、香豆素嗣衍生物、花菁 衍生物、部花菁衍生物、類菁衍生物等聚甲炔色素、吖 啶衍生物、氮雜苯衍生物、二烯陸圓衍生物、噁嗪衍生 物、吲哚啉衍生物、莫衍生物、奠鑌鹽衍生物方酸内 100113570 鏽鹽衍生物、卟啉衍生物、四苯卟啉衍生物三芳甲烷 衍生物、四苯并卟啉衍生物 '四吡嗪卟啉衍生物、酞菁 表單編號A0101 第42頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 衍生物、四偶氮卟琳衍生物、四喧喔淋卟琳衍生物、萘 酞菁衍生物、次酞菁衍生物、吡啶鑌鹽衍生物、硫代吡 咬鑌鹽衍生物、四卟衍生物、輪稀衍生物、螺°比鳴衍 生物、螺11 惡嗓衍生物、硫代螺°比'•南衍生物、金屬芳烴錯 合物、有機釕錯合物、米氏酮衍生物、α -醯氧基醚、 醯基磷化氫氧化物、曱苯基乙醛酸、苄基-9, 10 -菲并 杜稀醌、樟腦醌、乙基蒽醌、4, 4’ -二乙基酞酚酮、 3,3’或4,4’ -四(三級丁基過氧羧基)二苯曱酮、4,4 ’-二甲基胺二苯曱酮等。 進而具體而言,可舉出大河原信等人所編「色素手冊」 ( 1 986年、講談社)、大河原信等人所編「功能性色素的 化學」(1981年、CMC)及池森忠三朗等人所編「特殊功 能材料」(1986年、CMC)所記載之增感劑,但不限定於 該等。又,此外,亦可含有對於從紫外至近紅外區的光 顯示出吸收之增感劑。 因應需要而以任意比率使用兩種以上之增感劑亦無妨。 使用增感劑時,其調配量係於以著色組成物中所含之光 聚合起始劑之總重量作為基準(100重量%)時,宜為3〜 60重量%,從光硬化性及顯影性的觀點考量,更宜為5〜 50重量%。 胺系化合物 又,於本發明之彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物中,可含 有具有還原溶存氧的作用之胺系化合物。 該類胺系化合物可舉出三乙醇胺、甲基二乙醇胺、三異 丙醇胺、4-二甲基胺安息香酸曱基、4-二曱基胺安息香 酸乙基、4-二甲基胺安息香酸2-乙基己基及N,N-二曱基 100113570 表單編號A0101 第43頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 對甲笨胺等。 均染劑 於本發明之紅色著色組成物 基板上之料性,宜〜&amp;為了改善組成物在透明 聚心 均染劑。均染劑宜於主鏈具有 甲基矽氧烷。作為於主鏈呈有 聚醚構造之二甲基矽氧燒 D〇w r 疋之具體例’可舉出例如TORAY· D〇w Corning公司製之Fz_ 2 t 2122及BYK公司製之BYK- =泉作為於主鏈具有_構造之二甲㈣纽之具 可舉出例如讚公司製之Βγκ,及βγκ靖亦 可同時使用於主鏈具有聚醚構 Μ ^之一曱基矽氧烷與於主 鏈具有聚酯構造之二甲基矽氡妓 虱烷均染劑之含有量一般 糸於以紅色著色組成物之總重 重作為基準(100重量%)時 ’宜使用0. 003〜0. 5重量%。 尤其適宜的均_係於分子⑽有疏水基城水基之化 合物,其為所謂界面活性劑之-種,具有親水性而同時 對於水的溶解性低,添加於紅色著色組成物時,具有其 表面張力降低能力㈣特徵,進”便表面張力降低能 力低,但對玻璃板之崎性良好之物甚為有用,宜使用 在不出現起泡所造成的塗媒缺陷之添加量内可充分抑 制帶電性之物。具有該類適宜特性之均染劑宜使用具有 聚環氧烧單位之二甲基⑦纽1環氧料位包括聚環 氧乙埽單似料氧㈣單位;二?切狀亦可具有 聚環氧乙烯單位及聚環氧丙烯單位雙方。 又’聚環氧烧單位與二甲基石夕氧燒之結合形態為以下任 型均可.聚環氧统單位在二甲基石夕氧院之重複單位中 100113570 結合之垂飾型;聚環氧烷單位結合於二曱基矽氧烧末端 表單編號A0101 第44頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 之末端改質型;及料氡料位與二甲基錢燒交互重 複結合之直鏈狀嵌段共聚物型。具有聚環氧燒單位之二 甲基矽氧烷係由Τ0ΜΥ · D〇w c〇rning公司市售可舉 出例如 FZ-211〇、FZ-2122、fz_213〇、fz_2i66 fz_ 2191、FZ-2203、FZ-2207,但不限定於該等。 於均染劑亦可辅助性地加入陰離子性、陽離子性、非離 子性或雙性的界面活性劑。界面活性劑係混合2種以上使 用亦無妨。 獅性地加人於均染劑之陰離子性界面活性劑可舉出聚 軌乙㈣《鹽、十二垸絲賴鈉、笨㈣_丙稀 酸共聚物之丙稀酸鹽、燒基萘續酸鈉、烧基二笨鍵二續 酸鈉、月桂基硫酸乙醇胺、月桂基硫酸三乙醇胺、月桂 基硫酸銨、硬脂酸乙醇胺 '硬脂酸銨、月桂基硫酸鈉、 苯乙稀-丙稀酸共聚物之單乙醇胺及聚環氧乙㈣碟酸 謎等。 輔助均染劑之陽離子性界面活性劑可舉出烷基4級銨鹽及 其等之環氧乙燒附加物。Propylphenyl)-2-hydroxymethylpropan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexylbenzophenone, 2-benzyldimethylamine-1 -(4-morpholinylphenyl)-butane-1- An acetophenone compound such as a ketone; a benzo compound such as benzo, benzoxanthene, benzoethyl ether, isopropyl isopropyl ether or benzyl dimethyl ketal; benzophenone, benzoquinone benzoic acid, stupid Benzoic acid methyl, 4-phenyl dibenzoic acid I, hydroxybenzophenone, acrylated benzophenone, 4-benzoquinone-4 mercapto diphenyl sulfide, 3,3',4 , a di-m-methyl ether compound such as 4'-tetrakis (t-butylperoxycarboxy)benzophenone; thioxanthone, 2-oxethione, 2-mercaptothioxanthone, isopropylthioxan a thioxanthone compound such as a ketone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone or 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 2,4,6-tris-o-triazine, 2-phenyl-4 ,6-bis(trichloroindenyl)-o-triazine, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)_4,6-bis(trimethylsulfonyl)-o-triazine, 2-(p-tolyl)-4 ,6-bis(trishydrazinyl)-o-triazine, 2-piperidin-4,6-bis(trimethylsulfonyl)-o-triazine, 2,4-bis(tris)--6 Styryl-o-three , 2-(naphtho-1-yl)_4' 6-bis(trimethylmethyl)-o-triazine, 2-(4-methoxynaphthen-1-yl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethane) Base)-orthotriazine, 2,4-dioxamethyl-(Hu-Ji)- 6_3. Qin, 2, 4_ 二气曱100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 41/Total 1〇8 页1003215110-0 201214030 Base (4,··methoxystyryl)-6-triazine and other triazine compounds; 1,2-octanediene, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-, 2(0-benzopyrene)], 0-(ethylhydrazine)-N (1-phenyl-2 carbonyl-2) An oxime ester compound such as (4, _ methoxy-naphthyl)ethylene)hydroxylamine; bis(2,4 6 -tridecylbenzo)epoxyphenylphosphine, 2,4,6-trimercaptobenzene Further, a phosphine compound such as epoxidized phenylphosphine; an anthraquinone compound such as 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone or ethylhydrazine; a borate ester compound; an oxazole compound; or an imidazole compound. These photopolymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio as needed. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably from 5 to 200% by weight, based on the total weight of the coloring agent in the red coloring composition of the color filter, from photohardenability and The viewpoint of developability is more preferably 10 to 150% by weight. In the case of the sensitizing agent, the color filter of the color filter of the present invention may further contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer may, for example, be an unsaturated ketone represented by a flavonoid derivative or a dibenzylidene propyl group, or the like represented by benzyl or camphorquinone, a 2-di derivative, a benzo derivative, or an anthracene. Derivatives, naphthoquinone derivatives, anthracene derivatives. Tons of derivatives, thioxanthene derivatives, xanthone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, coumarin derivatives, cyanine derivatives, merocyanine derivatives, Polyacetylene dyes such as cyanine derivatives, acridine derivatives, azabenzene derivatives, diene tert-derivatives, oxazine derivatives, porphyrin derivatives, molybdenum derivatives, and cerium salt derivatives 100113570 rust salt derivative, porphyrin derivative, tetraphenylporphyrin derivative triarylmethane derivative, tetrabenzoporphyrin derivative 'tetrapyrazine porphyrin derivative, phthalocyanine form No. A0101 Page 42 of 1 〇8 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 Derivatives, tetrazolium derivative, tetralinium derivative, naphthalocyanine derivative, phthalocyanine derivative, pyridinium salt derivative, thiopyridinium Salt derivatives, tetraterpene derivatives, squally derivatives, spirulina derivatives, spiro 11 oxime derivatives, thiopyrazine ratios • southern derivatives, metal aromatic hydrocarbon complexes, organic ruthenium complexes , Michler's ketone derivative, α-methoxyl ether, decyl phosphide hydroxide, fluorenyl phenylglyoxylic acid, benzyl-9 , 10 - phenanthrene, diterpene, camphor, ethyl hydrazine, 4, 4'-diethyl phenol ketone, 3, 3' or 4, 4' - tetra (tertiary butyl peroxy carboxyl) Phenyl ketone, 4,4 '-dimethylamine dibenzophenone, and the like. Specifically, the "Pigment Handbook" (1 986, Kodansha), Dahe Yuanxin, etc., "Chemistry of Functional Pigments" (1981, CMC), and Chisen-Sang Sanlang, etc. The sensitizer described in "Special Functional Materials" (1986, CMC) compiled by the person is not limited to these. Further, it may contain a sensitizer which exhibits absorption of light from the ultraviolet to the near-infrared region. It is also possible to use two or more sensitizers at any ratio as needed. When the sensitizer is used, the amount is preferably from 3 to 60% by weight, based on the total weight of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition, from photocurability and development. Sexual point of view, more preferably 5 to 50% by weight. Amine-based compound Further, in the red colored composition for a color filter of the present invention, an amine-based compound having a function of reducing dissolved oxygen may be contained. The amine-based compound may, for example, be triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, 4-dimethylamine benzoic acid sulfhydryl, 4-didecylamine benzoic acid ethyl, 4-dimethylamine. Benzoic acid 2-ethylhexyl and N,N-dimercapto 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 43 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 For a stupid amine. The leveling agent is used on the substrate of the red colored composition of the present invention, and is preferably used to improve the composition in a transparent centering agent. The leveling agent preferably has a methyl oxane in the main chain. Specific examples of the dimethyloxoxime D〇wr 疋 having a polyether structure in the main chain include, for example, Fz_ 2 t 2122 manufactured by TORAY·D〇w Corning Co., Ltd. and BYK-=spring manufactured by BYK Corporation. As a dimethyl (tetra) nucleus having a _ structure in the main chain, for example, Βγκ, which is manufactured by Zan Company, and βγκ jing can also be used in the main chain to have a polyether structure, a fluorenyl oxane and a main 003〜0. 5重量。 0. 003〜0. 5重量。 The weight of the dimethyl phthalate is generally 0. 003~0. 5 weight %. Particularly suitable is a compound having a hydrophobic base group in the molecule (10), which is a type of a so-called surfactant, which has hydrophilicity and low solubility in water, and is added to a red colored composition. The surface tension reducing ability (4) is characterized by low surface tension reducing ability, but it is very useful for the goodness of the glass sheet, and should be sufficiently suppressed in the amount of coating defects caused by no foaming. Chargeable material. A leveling agent having such suitable characteristics should preferably use a dimethyl 7 New 1 epoxy material having a polyepoxy firing unit, including a polyethylene oxide oxime-like oxygen (four) unit; It can also have both polyethylene oxide unit and polyepoxy propylene unit. The combination of 'polyepoxy burning unit and dimethyl oxalate can be any of the following types. Polyepoxy unit in dimethyl The repeating unit of Shixia Hospital is 100113570 combined with the pendant type; the polyalkylene oxide unit is combined with the end-modification type of the diterpene oxyfluoride end form number A0101, page 44/108, 1003215110-0 201214030; Feed level and dimethyl A linear block copolymer type which is repeatedly and repeatedly bonded to each other. A dimethyl siloxane having a polyepoxy burning unit is commercially available from Τ0ΜΥ · D〇wc〇rning, for example, FZ-211〇, FZ- 2122, fz_213〇, fz_2i66 fz_ 2191, FZ-2203, FZ-2207, but not limited to these. The leveling agent may also be auxiliaryly added with anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric surfactants. It is also possible to use a mixture of two or more kinds of surfactants. The anionic surfactant of lion-like addition to the leveling agent can be exemplified by poly orbital (4) "salt, twelfth lysine, stupid (four) _ propylene Acetate of acid copolymer, sodium sulphonate, sodium sulphonate, sodium lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, ethanolamine stearate Ammonium, sodium lauryl sulfate, styrene-acrylic acid copolymer monoethanolamine and polyethylene oxide (tetra) acid mystery, etc. The cationic surfactant of the auxiliary leveling agent may be an alkyl 4-grade ammonium salt and It is equivalent to the epoxy Ethylene addendum.

Q 輔助性地加入於均染劑之非離子性界面活性劑可舉出聚 環氧乙烯油醚、聚環氧乙烯月桂醚、聚環氧乙烯壬基笨 醚、聚環氧乙烷醚磷酸酯、聚環氧乙烯山梨糖醇酐甘油 硬脂酸、聚乙二醇單月桂酯、烷基二甲胺醋酸季銨羧酸 内鹽等烷基季銨羧酸内鹽及烷基咪唑啉等雙性界面活性 劑、及氟系或矽基系界面活性劑。 硬化劑、硬化促進劑 又,為了輔助熱硬化性樹脂之硬化,於本發明之紅色著 色組成物中,亦可因應需要來含有硬化劑、硬化促進劑 100113570 表單編號A0101 第奶頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 等。有用之硬化劑為苯紛系樹脂、胺系化合物、酸酐、 活性s旨、叛酸系化合物、續酸系化合物等,但並未特別 限定於該等,若可與熱硬化性樹脂反應之物,使用任何 硬化劑均可。又,該等之中,尤宜舉出1分子内具有2個 以上之苯酚性羥基之化合物、胺系硬化劑。前述硬化促 進劑可舉出例如:胺化合物(例如雙氰胺、苄基二甲基胺 、4-(二甲基胺)-Ν,Ν-二曱基苄基胺、4-甲氧基-N,N-二曱基苄基胺及4-甲基-N,N-二甲基苄基胺等);4級銨 氣化合物(例如三乙基苄基氣化銨等);嵌段異氰酸酯化 合物(例如二曱基胺等);咪唑基衍生物二環式脒化合物 及其鹽(例如咪唑基、2-曱基咪唑基、2-乙基咪唑基、2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑基、2-苯基咪唑基、4-苯基咪唑基、 氰i基乙基-2-苯基σ米。坐基及1-(2 -氛基乙基)-2 -乙基_ 4- 甲基咪唑基等);磷化合物(例如三苯膦等);胍胺化合 物(例如三聚氰胺、胍胺、乙醯胍胺及苯并胍胺等);以 及S-三嗪衍生物(例如2, 4-二胺-6-曱基丙烯醯氧乙基- 5- 三嗪、2-乙烯基-2, 4-二胺-6-三嗪、2-乙烯基-4, 6-二胺-S-三嗪·異氰酸酯酸附加物及2, 4-二胺-6 -甲基丙 烯醯氧乙基-S-三嗪·異氰酸酯酸附加物等)。該等可單 獨使用1種或同時使用兩種以上均可。前述硬化促進劑之 含有量係對於熱硬化性樹脂總量,宜為0.01〜15重量% 〇 〈其他添加劑成分〉 於本發明之著色組成物中,為了令組成物之經時黏度安 定化,可含有儲藏安定劑。又,為了提高與透明基板之 密貼性,亦可含有矽烷耦合劑等密貼提升劑。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第46頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 儲藏安定劑可舉出例如:T基三甲基氯化物及二曱基羥 胺等4級銨氯化物;乳酸及草酸等有機酸及其乙基醚;三 級丁基焦兒茶酚;四乙基膦及四苯基膦等有機膦類;以 及亞磷酸鹽等。儲藏安定劑係於以著色劑之總量作為基 準(100重量%)時,宜以0.1〜10重量%的量來使用。 密貼提升劑可舉出以下矽烷耦合劑:乙烯三(石-甲氧基 以氧基)矽烷、乙烯乙氧基矽烷及乙烯三曱氧基矽烷等乙 烯矽烷類;r-甲基丙烯氧基丙烯三甲氧基矽烷等(甲基 )丙烯酸矽烷類;/5 - (3, 4-環氧環烷基)乙基三甲氧基 I1 矽烷、卢-(3, 4 -環氧環烷基)曱基三甲氧基矽烷、;S - (3, 4 -環氧環烷基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、冷-(3, 4 -環 氧環烷基)甲基三乙氧基矽烷、T -環氧丙氧基丙基三曱 氧基矽烷、T -環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等環氧矽 烷類;N-/S(胺乙基)r-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N - /?( 胺乙基)r -胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N -石(胺乙基)r -胺丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、r-胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷、 τ -胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N -苯基-r-胺丙基三甲氧 ❹ 基矽烷、N-苯基-τ -胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷等胺矽烷類 ;以及7 -毓基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、T -巯基丙基三曱 乙基矽烷等硫代矽烷類等。密貼提升劑係於以紅色著色 組成物中之著色劑總量為基準(100重量%)時,能夠以 0.01〜10重量%,宜以0.05〜5重量%的量來使用。 〈去除粗粒子〉 利用離心分離、燒結過濾器、薄膜過濾器等機構,從本 發明之紅色著色組成物,進行5 μ m以上之粗粒子,更宜 為1 /z m以上之粗粒子,進而為0. 5 /Z m以上之粗粒子及混 100113570 表單編號A0101 第47頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 入微塵之去除。如此,紅色著色組成物實質上宜不含〇 5 A m以上之粒子。更宜為〇.3em以下。 〈彩色濾光片〉 接著,說明關於本發明之彩色濾光片。本發明之彩色濾 光片具備至少1個紅色濾光片區段、至少丨個綠色濾光片 £ #又及至少1個藍色溏'光片區段,前述至少1個紅色濾、光 片區段係使用本發明之彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物所 形成。 綠色濾光片區段可使用包含綠色顏料及顏料載體之一般 綠色著色組成物來形成。綠色顏料可使用例丨顏料 綠(Pigment Green)7、10、36、37、58等》 又,綠色著色組成物可與黃色顏料同時使用。可同時使 用的黃色顏料可舉出例如C.I.顏料黃(?丨81116111;丫61- low)l、2、3、4、5、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、 17、18、24、31、32、34、35、35 : 1、36、36 : 1、 37、37 : 1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63 ' 65、73、74、77、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、 101、104、106、108、109、110、113 '114、115、 116、117、118、119、120、123、126、127、128、 129、138、147、150、151、152、153、154 ' 155、 156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、 171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、 181、182、185、187、188、193、194、198、199、 213、214、218、219、220或221等黃色顏料。又,亦 可同時使用呈現黃色之驗性染料、酸性染料之_化生成 物。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第48頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 藍色濾光片區段可使用含藍色顏料與著色劑載體之一般 藍色著色組成物來形成。藍色顏料係使用酞菁系顏料及/ -或三芳基甲炫系色殿顏料等。科系顏料宜為使用銅敌 菁藍顏料之物。Q. Non-ionic surfactants which are auxiliaryly added to the leveling agent include polyethylene oxide oleyl ether, polyethylene oxide lauryl ether, polyethylene oxide decyl ether, and polyethylene oxide ether phosphate. , such as polyethylene oxide sorbitan glyceryl stearic acid, polyethylene glycol monolauryl ester, alkyl dimethylamine acetic acid quaternary ammonium carboxylate inner salt, alkyl quaternary ammonium carboxylate inner salt and alkyl imidazoline A surfactant, and a fluorine- or sulfhydryl surfactant. Further, in order to assist the hardening of the thermosetting resin, the hardening agent and the hardening accelerator may contain a hardening agent and a hardening accelerator 100113570 in the red coloring composition of the present invention. Form No. A0101 Milkpaste/Total 1〇 8 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 and so on. The hardening agent to be used is a benzene-based resin, an amine-based compound, an acid anhydride, an active s-reaction, an acid-removing compound, or a continuous acid-based compound, but is not particularly limited thereto, and may be reacted with a thermosetting resin. Use any hardener. In addition, among these, a compound having two or more phenolic hydroxyl groups in one molecule and an amine-based curing agent are particularly preferable. The hardening accelerator may, for example, be an amine compound (for example, dicyandiamide, benzyldimethylamine, 4-(dimethylamine)-oxime, fluorene-dimercaptobenzylamine, 4-methoxy- N,N-dimercaptobenzylamine and 4-methyl-N,N-dimethylbenzylamine, etc.; 4-grade ammonium compound (for example, triethylbenzylammonium vaporate, etc.); blocked isocyanate a compound (for example, a decylamine or the like); an imidazolyl derivative bicyclic hydrazine compound and a salt thereof (for example, imidazolyl, 2-mercaptoimidazolyl, 2-ethylimidazolyl, 2-ethyl-4-methyl Imidazolyl, 2-phenylimidazolyl, 4-phenylimidazolyl, cyanoethyl-2-phenyl sigmine. Sodium and 1-(2-(ethyl)ethyl)-2-ethyl-4- - methylimidazolyl or the like; a phosphorus compound (for example, triphenylphosphine, etc.); a guanamine compound (for example, melamine, guanamine, acetamide, benzoguanamine, etc.); and an S-triazine derivative (for example, 2) , 4-diamine-6-mercaptopropenyloxyethyl 5- 5-triazine, 2-vinyl-2,4-diamine-6-triazine, 2-vinyl-4,6-diamine- S-triazine·isocyanate acid addenda and 2,4-diamine-6-methylpropenyloxyethyl-S-triazine·isocyanate acid Wait). These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the hardening accelerator is preferably 0.01 to 15% by weight based on the total amount of the thermosetting resin. 其他 <Other additive components> In the coloring composition of the present invention, in order to stabilize the viscosity of the composition over time, Contains a storage stabilizer. Further, in order to improve the adhesion to the transparent substrate, a adhesion promoter such as a decane coupling agent may be contained. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 46 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 Storage stabilizers include, for example, 4-grade ammonium chlorides such as T-based trimethyl chloride and dimercaptohydroxylamine; organic acids such as lactic acid and oxalic acid and Ethyl ether; tertiary butyl pyrocatechol; organic phosphines such as tetraethylphosphine and tetraphenylphosphine; and phosphite. The storage stabilizer is preferably used in an amount of 0.1 to 10% by weight based on the total amount of the colorant (100% by weight). The adhesion promoter may be exemplified by the following decane coupling agents: ethylene tris (such as ethylene tris(methoxy-methoxy) decane, ethylene ethoxy decane, and ethylene tridecyloxy decane; r-methacryloxy group; (meth)acrylic acid decane such as propylene trimethoxydecane; /5 - (3, 4-epoxycycloalkyl)ethyltrimethoxy I1 decane, lutene-(3,4-epoxycycloalkyl) fluorene Tris-methoxydecane, S-(3,4-epoxycycloalkyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, cold-(3,4-epoxycycloalkyl)methyltriethoxydecane, T - epoxy decanes such as glycidoxypropyl trimethoxy decane, T-glycidoxypropyl triethoxy decane; N-/S (amine ethyl) r-aminopropyl trimethoxy Baseline, N-/?(aminoethyl)r-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-stone (amineethyl)r-aminopropylmethyldiethoxydecane, r-aminopropyltri Amino decane such as ethoxy decane, τ-aminopropyltrimethoxy decane, N-phenyl-r-aminopropyltrimethoxydecyl decane, N-phenyl-τ-aminopropyltriethoxydecane And 7-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane, T-mercaptopropyltrimethylethene, etc. Thiodecanes and the like. The adhesion-improving agent can be used in an amount of 0.01 to 10% by weight, preferably 0.05 to 5% by weight, based on the total amount of the coloring agent in the red colored composition (100% by weight). <Removal of coarse particles> From the red coloring composition of the present invention, a coarse particle of 5 μm or more, more preferably a coarse particle of 1 /zm or more, is further used, by a mechanism such as a centrifugal separation, a sintered filter, or a membrane filter. 0. 5 / Z m coarse particles and mixed 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 47 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 Remove the dust. Thus, the red coloring composition is preferably substantially free of particles of 〇 5 A m or more. More preferably 〇.3em or less. <Color Filter> Next, a color filter relating to the present invention will be described. The color filter of the present invention comprises at least one red filter segment, at least one green filter £# and at least one blue 溏' optical segment, and at least one red filter and optical segment The color filter of the present invention is formed using a red colored composition. The green filter segments can be formed using a generally green colored composition comprising a green pigment and a pigment carrier. Green pigments can be used, for example, Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, etc. Further, the green coloring composition can be used simultaneously with the yellow pigment. The yellow pigment which can be used at the same time is, for example, CI Pigment Yellow (?? 81116111; 丫61-low) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 , 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63 '65, 73, 74 , 77, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113 '114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 126, 127 , 128, 129, 138, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154 ' 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176 Yellow pigments such as 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 198, 199, 213, 214, 218, 219, 220 or 221. Further, it is also possible to use a yellow dye-based dye and an acid dye. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 48 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 The blue filter section can be formed using a general blue tinted composition containing a blue pigment and a vehicle carrier. As the blue pigment, a phthalocyanine-based pigment and/or a triarylmethine-based coloring matter pigment or the like is used. The pigments of the family are preferably those which use copper emerald blue pigment.

100113570 銅酞菁藍顏料可舉出C. I.顏料藍i5、c.〗.顏料藍15 : i 、C. I.顏料藍15 : 2、C· I·顏料藍15 : 3、c丨顏料藍 15 : 4、C. I.顏料藍15 : 6等顏料。其中尤以具有6型、a 型構造之銅酞菁藍顏料。具體而言,該類適宜顏料為 c. I.顏料藍15 : 6及c. I.顏料藍15 : 1。 三芳基甲烷系色澱顏料可舉出C·丨.顏料藍!、同j : 2、同 1 · 3、C. I.顏料藍2、同2 :1、同2 : 2、c. I.顏料藍3 、C. I.顏料藍8、C. I.顏料藍9、C. I.顏料藍1〇、同1〇 :1、C. I.顏料藍11、c. I.顏料藍12、c. I.顏料藍18、 C. I.顏料藍19、C. I.顏料藍24、同24 : 1、C. I·顏料藍 53、C. I.顏料藍56、同56 : 1、C. I.顏料藍57、C. I.顏 料藍58、C. I.顏料藍59、C. I.顏料藍61、C. I.顏料藍 62等。 該等之中’藍色顏料宜使用C. I.顏料藍15 : 6。 又’除了前述藍色顏料以外’宜同時使用呈紫色、紅色 之一 °惡嗪系顏料、蒽S昆系顏料、偶氮系顏料、啥。丫嗣系 顏料。其中尤宜同時使用二噁嗪系顏料,二噁嗪系顏料 宜使用C· I.顏料紫23。藉由於本發明之藍色著色組成物 同時使用二噁嗪系顏料,可製成耐熱性、耐光性、耐溶 劑性更加良好、安定的高品質藍色著色組成物。 〈彩色濾光片之製造方法&gt; 本發明之彩色濾光片可藉由印刷法或光微影來製造。 表單編號A0101 第49頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 藉由印刷法形成濾光片區段時,僅重複作為印刷墨水所 調製的著色組成物之印刷與乾燥,即可完成圖案化,因 此作為彩色濾光片之製造法,係成本低且量產性良好。 進而藉由印刷技術的發展,可進行具有高尺寸精度及平 滑度之微細圖案之印刷》進行印刷時,宜為墨水在印刷 板上或於毛氈布上不會乾燥及固化之組成。又,印刷機 上之墨水流動性之控制亦甚重要,可藉由分散劑或體質 顏料來進行墨水黏度的調整。 藉由光微影法形成濾光片區段時,於透明基板上,萨由 噴霧塗布或旋轉塗布、狹縫塗布、輥塗布等塗布方法, 來將作為上述溶劑顯影型或鹼顯影型著色抗蝕劑材料所 調製的著色組成物,塗布為乾燥膜厚成為〇. 2〜5“m。於 依需要受到乾燥之膜,經由與該膜呈接觸或非接觸狀態 而设置、具特定圖案之光罩,進行紫外線曝光。其後’ 浸潰於溶劑或鹼顯影劑中,或藉由喷霧器等,將顯影液 予以喷霧,去除未硬化部,形成所需圖案後,針對其他 色彩重複同樣操作,可製造彩色濾光片。進而為了促進 著色抗蝕劑材料之聚合,亦可因應需要施以加熱。若藉 由光微影法,可製造精度高於上述印刷法之彩色濾光片 顯影時,作為驗顯影液係使用例如碳酸鈉及氫氧化鈉等 之水溶液,亦可使用二甲基节基胺及三乙醇胺等有機鹼 。又,於顯影液中亦可添加消泡劑或界面活性劑。 再者,為了提高紫外線曝光感度,亦可於塗布乾燥上述 著色抗蝕劑後,塗布乾燥水溶性或鹼水溶性樹脂之例如 聚乙烯醇或水溶性丙烯酸樹脂等,形成防止氧阻礙聚合 100113570 表單編號A0101 第50頁/共108頁 201214030 之膜後,進行紫外線曝光。 Ο 除了上述方法以外,本發明之彩色濾光片亦可藉由電沈 積法、轉印法、喷墨法等來製造,本發明之著色組成物 可利用於任一方法。再者,電沈積法係利用形成於基板 上之透明導電膜’藉由膠體粒子之電泳,於透明導電膜 上’將各色濾光片區段予以電沈積而形成,藉此製造彩 色滤光片之方法。又,轉印法係於剝離性之轉印基片表 面,預先形成濾光片區段,令該濾光片區段轉印到所需 基板之方法。喷墨法係藉由噴墨方式,將濾光片區段予 以印字、製作之方法。 於透明基板或反射基板上形成各色遽光片區段前,可預 先形成黑矩陣。黑矩陣係利用鉻或路/氧化鉻之多層膜、 氣化欽等無機膜、或分散有遮光劑之樹脂膜,但不限定 於該等。又,亦可於前述透明基板或反射基板上,預先 形成薄膜電晶體(TFT),其後形成各色濾光片區段。又, 於本發明之彩色遽光片上,亦可因應需要形成覆膜及透 明導電膜等。100113570 Copper phthalocyanine blue pigment can be cited CI pigment blue i5, c.〗 Pigment Blue 15: i, CI Pigment Blue 15: 2, C · I · Pigment Blue 15 : 3, c 丨 Pigment Blue 15 : 4, CI Pigment blue 15 : 6 and other pigments. Among them, a copper phthalocyanine blue pigment having a 6-type and a-type structure is particularly preferable. Specifically, such a suitable pigment is c. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 and c. I. Pigment Blue 15: 1. The triarylmethane-based lake pigment can be exemplified by C·丨. Pigment Blue! , the same j: 2, the same 1 · 3, CI pigment blue 2, the same 2: 1, the same 2: 2, c. I. Pigment Blue 3, CI Pigment Blue 8, CI Pigment Blue 9, CI Pigment Blue 1〇, Same as 1〇: 1, CI Pigment Blue 11, c. I. Pigment Blue 12, c. I. Pigment Blue 18, CI Pigment Blue 19, CI Pigment Blue 24, Same 24: 1, C. I·Pigment Blue 53, CI Pigment Blue 56, same as 56: 1, CI Pigment Blue 57, CI Pigment Blue 58, CI Pigment Blue 59, CI Pigment Blue 61, CI Pigment Blue 62, and the like. Among these, the blue pigment is preferably C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6. Further, in addition to the blue pigment described above, it is preferable to use a purple, red, oxazine-based pigment, an anthracene-based pigment, an azo-based pigment, or an anthracene. Lanthanide pigment. Among them, it is preferable to use a dioxazine-based pigment at the same time, and a C.I. Pigment Violet 23 is preferably used as the dioxazine-based pigment. By using the bisoxazine-based pigment together with the blue coloring composition of the present invention, it is possible to obtain a high-quality blue coloring composition which is more excellent in heat resistance, light resistance and solvent resistance and which is stable. <Method of Manufacturing Color Filter> The color filter of the present invention can be produced by a printing method or photolithography. Form No. A0101 Page 49 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 When the filter segment is formed by the printing method, only the printing and drying of the coloring composition prepared by the printing ink are repeated, and the patterning can be completed. The manufacturing method of the color filter is low in cost and good in mass productivity. Further, by the development of printing technology, it is possible to perform printing with a fine pattern having high dimensional accuracy and smoothness. When printing, it is preferable that the ink does not dry and solidify on the printing plate or on the felt cloth. Moreover, the control of the fluidity of the ink on the printing press is also important, and the viscosity of the ink can be adjusted by a dispersing agent or a body pigment. When the filter segment is formed by the photolithography method, the solvent development type or the alkali development type coloring resistance is applied to the transparent substrate by a coating method such as spray coating or spin coating, slit coating or roll coating. The coloring composition prepared by the etchant material is applied to a dry film thickness of 〜. 2 to 5"m. The film which is dried as needed, is provided with a specific pattern by contact or non-contact with the film. The cover is exposed to ultraviolet light. Thereafter, it is dipped in a solvent or an alkali developer, or the developer is sprayed by a sprayer or the like to remove the uncured portion to form a desired pattern, and the same color is repeated for the other colors. The color filter can be manufactured by operation, and in order to promote the polymerization of the coloring resist material, heating can be performed as needed. If the light lithography method is used, color filter development with higher precision than the above printing method can be manufactured. In the case of using an aqueous solution such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide, an organic base such as dimethyl benzylamine or triethanolamine may be used as the developer. Further, an antifoaming agent may be added to the developer or Further, in order to increase the ultraviolet exposure sensitivity, after drying and drying the coloring resist, a water-soluble or alkali-soluble resin such as polyvinyl alcohol or a water-soluble acrylic resin may be applied to form an oxygen barrier. Polymer 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 50 / 108 pages 201214030 film, UV exposure. Ο In addition to the above methods, the color filter of the present invention may also be by electrodeposition, transfer, inkjet, etc. In order to manufacture, the coloring composition of the present invention can be used in any method. Further, the electrodeposition method uses a transparent conductive film formed on a substrate to filter the respective colors on the transparent conductive film by electrophoresis of colloidal particles. a method of manufacturing a color filter by forming a sheet segment by electrodeposition. Further, the transfer method is applied to the surface of the peeling transfer substrate, and a filter segment is formed in advance, and the filter segment is formed. A method of transferring to a desired substrate. The inkjet method is a method of printing and manufacturing a filter segment by an inkjet method. Forming various colors on a transparent substrate or a reflective substrate A black matrix may be formed in advance before the sheet section. The black matrix is a multilayer film of chromium or road/chromia, an inorganic film such as vaporization, or a resin film in which an opacifier is dispersed, but is not limited thereto. A thin film transistor (TFT) may be formed on the transparent substrate or the reflective substrate, and then each color filter segment may be formed. Further, on the color light-emitting sheet of the present invention, a film and transparent conductive may be formed as needed. Membrane and the like.

[實施例】 以下根據實施例來說明本發明,但本發明不受限於此。 再者,只要未特別註明,「部」係意味「重量部」。 又,丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)係換算為聚苯乙 烯之重量平均分子量’其係利用TSKgel管柱(TOSOH公司 製),以裝備有RI檢測器之GPCCT0S0H公司製、HLC-8120GPC),使用THF作為展開溶劑而測定。 首先,從實施例及比較例所用之丙烯酸樹脂(樹脂黏結劑 )溶液、側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂、微細化顏料、鹵化 100113570 表單編號A0101 第51頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 生成物(A )、咭°煩系化合物、顏料分散體、含有鹵化生成 物之樹脂溶液、藍色抗蚀劑材料、綠色抗餘劑材料之製 造方法說明。 〈丙烯酸樹脂溶液1〜4之調製〉 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 於具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌裝 置之分離式的4支燒瓶,放入環己酮207部,升溫至80°C ,以氮氣置換反應容器内之後,藉由滴下管歷經2小時滴 下正丁基甲基丙烯酸酯13. 3部、2 -羥乙基甲基丙烯酸酯 4. 6部、甲基丙烯酸4. 3部、對枯基酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯 酸酯(東亞合成股份有限公司製「ARONIX M110」)7.4 部、2, 2’ -偶氮雙異丁腈0. 4部之混合物。滴下結束後 ,進一步繼續反應3小時,獲得重量平均分子量 (Mw)26000之丙烯酸樹脂之溶液。將該溶液冷卻至室溫 後,將樹脂溶液取樣約2g,以180°C加熱20分鐘以使其乾 燥,測定未揮發成分,根據其測定結果,於先前合成之 樹脂溶液添加曱氧丙基醋酸醋,使得未揮發成分成為20 重量%而調製成丙烯酸樹脂溶液1。 丙烯酸樹脂溶液2 於具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌裝 置之分離式的4支燒瓶,放入環己酮70. 0部,升溫至80°C ,以氣氣置換反應容器内之後,藉由滴下管歷經2小時滴 下曱基丙烯酸20部、對枯基酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯(東 亞合成股份有限公司製「ARONIX M110」)20部、甲基丙 烯酸曱基45部、2 -羥乙基曱基丙烯酸酯8. 5部及2, 2’ -偶氮雙異丁腈1. 3 3部之混合物。滴下結束後,進一步 100113570 表單編號A0101 第52頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 繼續反應3小時,獲得樹脂溶液。 接著停止供給氮氣,對於上面所獲得的樹脂溶液總量 ,面’主入乾燥空氣1小時一面攪拌,隨後冷卻至室溫。 於該冷卻之樹脂溶液,以7〇〇c歷經3小時滴下2_甲基丙 稀酿氧乙基異氰酸g旨(昭和電工公司製5 部、月桂酸二丁基錫〇. 〇8部及環己酮26部之混合物。[Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described based on examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, unless otherwise specified, "part" means "weight". In addition, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is converted into a weight average molecular weight of polystyrene, which is a TSKgel column (manufactured by TOSOH Co., Ltd., manufactured by GPCCT0S0H, equipped with an RI detector, HLC-8120GPC). It was measured using THF as a developing solvent. First, an acrylic resin (resin binder) solution used in the examples and comparative examples, a resin having a cationic group in a side chain, a fine pigment, and a halogenated 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 51 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 Product Description of the production method of (A), 烦 ° annoying compound, pigment dispersion, resin solution containing halogenated product, blue resist material, and green anti-residue material. <Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution 1 to 4> Acrylic Resin Solution 1 In a separate four-stage flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device, 207 parts of cyclohexanone were placed, and the temperature was raised to 80°. I. 3 parts, 4.6 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 3.4 parts of methacrylic acid, 3 parts of butyl methacrylate, A mixture of 7.4 parts, 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 0.4 parts of cumyl phenol oxirane modified acrylate ("ARONIX M110" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 26,000. After cooling the solution to room temperature, the resin solution was sampled to about 2 g, heated at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to dry it, and the non-volatile components were measured. According to the measurement results, oxime propyl acetate was added to the previously synthesized resin solution. The vinegar was made into an acrylic resin solution 1 so that the nonvolatile content became 20% by weight. The acrylic resin solution 2 was placed in a separate four-piece flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device, and placed in a loop of hexanone 70. 0, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C to replace the reaction vessel with gas. After that, 20 parts of methacrylic acid and 20 parts of p-cumyl epoxide ethylene oxide modified acrylate ("ARONIX M110" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and thiol methacrylate 45 were dropped by dropping the tube over 2 hours. a mixture of 8.5 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl decyl acrylate and 5.3 parts of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the dropping, further 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 52 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 The reaction was continued for 3 hours to obtain a resin solution. Then, the supply of nitrogen gas was stopped, and for the total amount of the resin solution obtained above, the surface was allowed to stand for 1 hour while stirring, and then cooled to room temperature. In the cooled resin solution, 2-methylpropanol oxyethyl isocyanate was added dropwise at 7 〇〇c for 3 hours (5 parts made by Showa Denko Co., Ltd., dibutyl tin laurate. 〇8 parts and rings) a mixture of 26 parts of ketone.

將所獲得的樹脂溶液取樣約2g,以18〇&lt;t加熱2〇分鐘以使 其乾燥,敎未揮發成分,根據其測定結果,於先前合 成之樹脂溶液添加環己_,使得未揮發成分成為別重量 %而調製成丙埽酸樹脂溶液2。丙稀酸樹脂之重量平均分 子量(Mw)為 18000。 丙燦酸樹脂溶液3The obtained resin solution was sampled by about 2 g, heated at 18 Torr for 2 〇 minutes to dry it, and the non-volatile component was added. According to the measurement result, cyclohexene was added to the previously synthesized resin solution, so that the non-volatile component was obtained. It was made into a propionate resin solution 2 by the weight %. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin was 18,000. Acrylic acid resin solution 3

於具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導人管、滴下管及授拌裝 置之分離式的4支燒瓶’放人環己酮m部,升溫至峨 ’以氮氣置換反應容器内之後,藉由滴下管歷經2小時滴 下甲基丙烯酸20部、對枯基紛環氧乙貌改質丙稀酸醋(東 亞合成股份有限公司製「AR〇NIX MU〇j )2〇部、甲基丙 稀酸甲基45部、丙三醇單甲基丙稀酸醋8 5部及2,2,_ 偶氣雙異丁腈1. 33部之混合物。滴下結東後,進一步繼 續反應3小時’獲得樹脂溶液。 接著,停止供給該’對於上面所獲得的樹脂溶液總量 ,-面注入乾燥空氣i小時—面祕,隨後冷卻至室溫。 於該冷卻之樹脂溶液,以7(rc歷經3小時滴下2甲基丙 稀醯氧乙基異氣酸献5部、月桂酸二了基錫u8部及環 己酮26部之混合物。 將所獲得的樹脂溶液取樣約2g,則帆加熱2〇分鐘以使 100113570 表單編號A0101 第53頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 則疋未揮發成分,根據其測定值,於先前合成 =樹w液添加環己酮’使得未揮發成分成為2G重量% 調製成丙歸酸樹脂溶液3。丙烯酸樹脂之重量♦均分子 量(Mw)為19000 。 丙歸酸樹脂溶液4 於具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌裝 置之分離式的4支燒瓶,放入環己_370部,升溫至8〇°C 、氮亂置換反應容器内之後,藉由滴下管歷經2小時滴 下對枯基酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯(東亞合成股份有限公 司氣ARONIX M110」)18部、节基甲基丙烯酸醋1〇部 縮水甘油基甲基丙烯酸酯18. 2部、甲基丙烯酸甲基25 部及2, 2’ -偶氮雙異丁腈2.〇部之混合物。滴下後,以 1〇〇 c進一步使其反應3小時後,添加令偶氮雙異丁腈丨.〇 邛洛解於環己酮50部而成之物,以1〇〇。〇進一步使其反應 1小時。接著,以空氣置換容器内,對上述容器内放入丙 烯酸9.3部(丙三醇基之100%)、三二甲基胺苯酚〇5部 及對笨二酚〇 · 1部,以12 〇 °c繼續反應6小時,於固體成分 之酸值成為0. 5時結束反應,獲得丙稀酸樹脂之溶液。進 而接著加入四氩苯二酸酐19. 5部(生成之羥基之1〇〇%) 、二乙基胺0. 5部’以12 0 C歷經3 · 5小時使其反應,獲 得丙稀酸樹脂之溶液。 將所獲得的丙烯酸樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫後,將其取樣約 2g,以180°C加熱20分鐘以使其乾燥,測定未揮發成分, 根據其測定值’於上述丙烯酸樹脂溶液添加環己酮,使 得未揮發成分成為20重量%而調製成丙烯酸樹脂溶液4。 丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)為1 9000。 1003215110-0 100113570 表單編號A0101 第54頁/共1〇8頁 201214030 〈於侧鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂之調製〉 於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂1 於具備溫度計、攪拌機、蒸餾管、冷卻器之4支分離式的 燒瓶,放入曱基乙酮67. 3部,於氮氣流下升溫至75°C。 另外均勻混合甲基丙烯酸甲酯34. 0部、正丁基丙烯酸甲 酯28. 0部、2-乙基己基丙烯酸甲酯28. 0部、二甲基胺乙 基丙烯酸甲酯10. 0部、2, 2’ -偶氮雙(2, 4-二甲基戊腈The four flasks equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas guiding tube, a dropping tube, and a mixing device were placed in the m portion of cyclohexanone, and the temperature was raised to 峨', and the reaction vessel was replaced with nitrogen, and then the tube was dropped. 20 parts of methacrylic acid were dropped over 2 hours, and the acrylic acid vinegar was modified with acetyl acetonate ("AR〇NIX MU〇j" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), methyl methacrylate 45 parts, 8 parts of glycerin monomethyl acrylate vinegar and a mixture of 2, 2, _ bis bis isobutyronitrile 1.33. After dropping the knot, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a resin solution. Then, the supply of the total amount of the resin solution obtained above was stopped, and the surface was poured into the dry air for one hour, and then cooled to room temperature. The resin solution was cooled to 7 (the rc was dropped for 2 hours in 2 hours). A mixture of 5 parts of acryloyloxyethyl isophthalic acid, ursyl sulphate u8 and cyclohexanone. The sampled resin solution is sampled for about 2g, and the sail is heated for 2 minutes to make 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 53 / Total 1 〇 8 Page 1003215110-0 201214030 Then 疋 does not volatilize into According to the measured value, cyclohexanone was added to the previous synthesis = tree w liquid so that the non-volatile component became 2 G weight % to prepare a propionic acid resin solution 3. The weight of the acrylic resin ♦ the average molecular weight (Mw) was 19,000. The acid resin solution 4 is placed in a separate four-stage flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device, and placed in a loop of -370 parts, heated to 8 ° C, and replaced with a nitrogen gas in a reaction container. 18 pieces of cumyl phenol oxirane modified acrylate (Atomic Synthetic Co., Ltd. gas ARONIX M110) were dropped by pipe for 2 hours, and the base methacrylate vinegar 1 缩 glycidyl methacrylate was added. 2, a mixture of 2 parts, 25 parts of methacrylic acid methyl group and 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile 2. After the mixture was dropped, the reaction was further carried out at 1 °c for 3 hours, and then added. Azobisisobutyronitrile, a solution of 50 parts of cyclohexanone, was further reacted for 1 hour. Then, the container was placed in air and placed in the above container. 9.3 acrylic acid (100% of glycerol base), trimethylamine The reaction of the solid component with an acid value of 0.5 to complete the reaction to obtain a solution of the acrylic resin, followed by the addition of four, to the phenolphthalein, and the second portion of the phenolphthalein. 5 parts of argon phthalic anhydride (1% by weight of the generated hydroxyl group) and 2.5 parts of diethylamine were reacted at 12 0 C for 3-5 hours to obtain a solution of acrylic acid resin. After the obtained acrylic resin solution was cooled to room temperature, it was sampled by about 2 g, heated at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to be dried, and the nonvolatile component was measured, and cyclohexanone was added to the above acrylic resin solution according to the measured value. The non-volatile component was made 20% by weight to prepare an acrylic resin solution 4. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin was 1 9000. 1003215110-0 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 54 / Total 1 Page 8 201214030 <Preparation of Resin with Cationic Group in Side Chains> Resin 1 with a cationic group in the side chain. It is equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and cooling. 4 separate flasks were placed in 67.3 portions of mercaptoacetone, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C under a nitrogen stream. 0部。 0. 0 parts, methyl methacrylate ethyl methacrylate 0. 0 parts, methyl methacrylate ethyl methacrylate 0. 0 , 2, 2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile

)6. 5部 '及甲基乙酮25. 1部後,將所獲得的混合物放入 滴下漏斗,將該滴下漏斗安裝於上述4支分離式的燒瓶, 歷經2小時滴下該混合物。滴下結束2小時後,從固體成 分確認聚合產率為98%,重量平均分子量(Mw)為6830, 並冷卻至50°C。於該冷卻後之反應混合物,追加氣化曱 基3. 2部、乙醇22. 0部,以50°C反應2小時後,歷經1小 時加溫至8 0 °C,進一步反應2小時。如此獲得樹脂成分4 7 重量%、於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂1。所獲得的樹脂 之銨鹽價為34mgK0H/g。After the 5. part and the methyl ethyl ketone 25.1, the obtained mixture was placed in a dropping funnel, and the dropping funnel was attached to the above four separate flasks, and the mixture was dropped over 2 hours. Two hours after the end of the dropwise addition, the polymerization yield was confirmed to be 98% from the solid component, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 6830, and it was cooled to 50 °C. The cooled reaction mixture was further heated to a vaporized sulfhydryl group of 3.2 parts and ethanol of 22.0 parts. After reacting at 50 ° C for 2 hours, the mixture was heated to 80 ° C over 1 hour, and further reacted for 2 hours. Thus, the resin 1 having 47% by weight of the resin component and having a cationic group in the side chain was obtained. The ammonium salt of the obtained resin had a valence of 34 mg K0H/g.

在此,於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂之重量平均分子量 (Mw),係藉由以聚苯乙烯作為標準物質之凝膠滲透層析 儀(GPC)來測定。又,於侧鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂之銨 鹽價係以5%鉻酸鉀水液作為指示藥劑,以0. in之硝酸銀 水溶液進行滴定’求出中和銨鹽基所需之硝酸銀量後, 換算為氫氧化鉀之當量值’其表示固體成分之錢鹽價。 於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂2 於具備溫度計、攪拌機、蒸餾管、冷卻器之4支分離式的 燒瓶,放入異丙醇62. 4部,於氮氣流下升溫至75&lt;)(:。另 外均勻混合乙基丙烯酸曱酯32. 1部、正丙基丙締酸甲醋 100113570 1003215110-0 表單編號A0101 第55頁/共1〇8頁 201214030 25· 1部、月桂基丙烯酸甲酯25. 1部、甲基丙烯醯胺丙基 —甲基氣化銨17. 7部、2, 2’ _偶氮雙(2, 4 -二甲基戊腈 )5. 7部、及乙基乙酮丨5. 6部後’將所獲得的混合物放入 滴下漏斗’將該滴下漏斗安裝於上述4支分離式的燒瓶, 歷經2小時滴下該混合物。滴下結束2小時後,從固體成 分確認聚合產率為98%,重量平均分子量(Mw)為7420, 並冷卻至50t。於該冷卻後之反應混合物,追加異丙醇 72部,獲得樹脂成分4〇重量%、於侧鏈具有陽離子性基 之樹脂2。所獲得的樹脂之銨鹽價為45mgK〇H/g。 於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂3 於具備溫度計、授拌機、蒸顧.管、冷卻器之4支分離式的 燒瓶’放入甲基乙酮67.3部,於氮氣流下升溫至75°C。 另外均勻混合異丙基丙烯酸甲酯27. 5部、苄基丙烯酸曱 醋25.0部、2-乙基己基丙烯酸曱酯27. 5部、N,N-二甲基 胺曱基苯乙烯20. 0部、2, 2’ -偶氮雙(2, 4-二甲基戊腈 )6· 7部、及甲基乙酮25. 1部後放入滴下漏斗,安裝於4 支分離式的燒瓶’歷經2小時滴下。滴下結束2小時後, 從固體成分確認聚合產率為98%,重量平均分子量(mw) 為6770,並冷卻至5(TC。於該冷卻後之反應混合物,追 加氣化苄基15. 7部、乙醇22. 0部,以5(TC反應2小時後 ,歷經1小時加溫至801 ’進一步反應2小時。如此獲得 樹脂成分50重量%、於侧鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂3 ^所 獲得的樹脂之銨鹽價為6〇mgKOH,/g。 於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂4 於具備溫度計、攪拌機、蒸館管.'冷卻器之4支分離式的 燒瓶’放入異丙醇62.4部,於氮氣流下升溫至751:。另 100113570 表單編號A0101 第56頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 外均句混合甲基丙烯酸曱酯25. 0部、硬脂醯丙烯酸甲酯 20. 〇部、環己基丙烯酸甲酯2〇. 〇部、BLEMMER PE90C日 油公司製、二乙二醇單丙烯酸甲酯)15. 0部、Ν-乙烯基砒 喀烷_20. 0部、2, 2’ -偶氮雙(2, 4-二甲基戊腈)4. 7 部、及異丙醇15. 6部後’將所獲得的混合物放入滴下漏 斗’將該滴下漏斗安裝於上述4支分離式的燒瓶,歷經2 小時滴下該混合物。滴下結束2小時後,從固體成分確認 聚合產率為98%,重量平均分子量(Mw)為7550,並冷卻 至50。(:。於該冷卻後之反應混合物,追加氣化甲基9. 〇部 '異丙醇22. 〇部,以5(TC反應2小時後,歷經1小時加溫 至80,進一步反應2小時。其後,加入異丙醇5〇部,獲 得樹脂成分44重量%、於侧鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂4。 所獲得的樹脂之銨鹽價為92mgKOH/g。 於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂5 於具備溫度計、攪拌機、蒸餾管、冷卻器之4支分離式的 燒瓶,放入甲基乙酮82. 0部,於氮氣流下升溫至75°C。 另外均勻混合乙基丙烯酸曱酯23. 5部、三級丁基丙烯酸Here, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having a cationic group in the side chain is determined by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) using polystyrene as a standard substance. Further, the ammonium salt value of the resin having a cationic group in the side chain is determined by using a 5% potassium chromate aqueous solution as an indicator and titrating with a 0. in silver nitrate aqueous solution to determine the amount of silver nitrate required for neutralizing the ammonium salt group. After that, it is converted into the equivalent value of potassium hydroxide, which represents the price of the solid salt. The resin 2 having a cationic group in the side chain was placed in four separate flasks equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler, and placed in an amount of 62.4 parts of isopropyl alcohol, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° under a nitrogen gas flow. In addition, uniformly mixed decyl methacrylate 32. 1 part, n-propyl propionate methyl vinegar 100113570 1003215110-0 Form No. A0101 Page 55 / Total 1 〇 8 pages 201214030 25 · 1 part, methyl lauryl acrylate 25. 1 part, methacrylamide propylamino-methylammonium oxide 17.7, 2, 2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) 5. 7 parts, and ethyl ethyl ketone丨5. After the 6th part, the mixture obtained was placed in a dropping funnel. The dropping funnel was attached to the above-mentioned four separate flasks, and the mixture was dropped over 2 hours. After the completion of the dropping for 2 hours, the polymerization was confirmed from the solid content. The ratio was 98%, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 7,020, and was cooled to 50 t. 72 parts of isopropyl alcohol was added to the cooled reaction mixture to obtain a resin component of 4% by weight and a cationic group in the side chain. Resin 2. The obtained ammonium salt of the resin has a valence of 45 mg K 〇 H / g. It has cationicity in the side chain. Resin 3 was placed in 6 separate flasks equipped with a thermometer, a mixer, a steaming tube, and a cooler, and placed in a portion of methyl ether ketone 67.3, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C under a nitrogen stream. 5部,2, 2', Methyl acrylate 27.5, benzyl acrylate vinegar 25.0, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate 2.7. 5, N, N-dimethylamine decyl styrene 20. 0, 2, 2' - azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) 6·7 and methyl ethyl ketone 25.1 parts, placed in a dropping funnel, and mounted in 4 separate flasks, which were dripped for 2 hours. After the end of 2 hours, the polymerization yield was confirmed to be 98%, the weight average molecular weight (mw) was 6770, and was cooled to 5 (TC. The reaction mixture after cooling, additional gasification of benzyl 15.7, Ethanol 22.0, obtained by further reacting for 5 hours after 2 hours of TC reaction, and heating to 801 ' for 1 hour. Thus obtained as a resin having 50% by weight of the resin component and having a cationic group in the side chain The ammonium salt value of the resin is 6 〇 mg KOH, / g. The resin having a cationic group in the side chain 4 is provided with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a steaming tube. 'Cooler 4 separate flasks were placed in 62.4 parts of isopropanol and heated to 751 under a nitrogen stream. Another 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 56 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 Externally mixed yttrium methacrylate 25. 0 parts, stearic acid methyl acrylate 20. 〇, methyl cyclohexyl acrylate 2 〇. 〇, BLEMMER PE90C oil company, diethylene glycol monomethyl methacrylate) 15. 0, Ν-vinyl砒 烷 _20. 0, 2, 2' - azobis (2, 4-dimethylvaleronitrile) 4. 7 parts, and isopropanol 15. 6 parts after the 'mixed mixture Dropping the funnel 'The dropping funnel was attached to the above four separate flasks, and the mixture was dropped over 2 hours. Two hours after the end of the dropwise addition, the polymerization yield was confirmed to be 98% from the solid content, and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 7,550, and was cooled to 50. (:. After the cooling of the reaction mixture, additional gasification of methyl group 9. 〇 part 'isopropyl alcohol 22. 〇, 5 (TC reaction 2 hours, after 1 hour, warmed to 80, further reaction for 2 hours Thereafter, 5 parts of isopropyl alcohol was added to obtain a resin 4 having a resin component of 44% by weight and a cationic group in the side chain. The obtained resin had an ammonium salt value of 92 mgKOH/g. It had a cationic group in the side chain. The resin 5 was placed in four separate flasks equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler, and 82.0 parts of methyl ethyl ketone was placed, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C under a nitrogen stream. 23. 5, 3 butyl acrylate

J 甲酯26. 0部、月桂基丙烯酸甲酯25. 0部、KAYAMAR PM- 21(日本化藥公司製、e-己内酯1莫耳附加2-羥基乙基丙 烯酸甲酯之磷酸酯)10. 0部、二乙基胺丙基丙烯酸甲酯 17. 5部、2, 2’ -偶氮雙(2, 4-二甲基戊腈)6.0部、及 甲基乙酮25. 6部後,將所獲得的混合物放入滴下漏斗, 將該滴下漏斗安裝於上述4支分離式的燒瓶,歷經2小時 滴下該混合物。滴下結束2小時後,從固體成分確認聚合 產率為98%,重量平均分子量(Mw)為7010,並冷卻至50 °C。如此獲得樹脂成分48重量%、於側鏈具有陽離子性 100113570 表單編號 A0101 第 57 頁/共 108 頁 1003215110-0 201214030 基之树爿曰5。所獲得的樹脂之錢鹽價為49mgK〇H/g。在此 ,於侧鍵具有陽離子性基之樹脂之胺價係利用〇. 1N之鹽 酸水溶液’藉由電位差滴定法求出中和所需之鹽酸量後 ,換算為氫氧化鉀之當量。 〈微細化顏料之製作〉 紅色微細化顏料1 將二酮吼咯並吡咯系紅色顏料C.丨.顏料紅254(日本千葉 公司製「IRGAZIN RED 2030」)200部、氯化鈉14〇〇部 及二乙二酵360部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所 製)’以80°C混合授拌6小時。接著,將該混合擾拌物放 入8公升的溫水中,一面加熱至80°C,一面攪拌2小時而 製成漿狀’重複過濾、水洗以去除氣化鈉及二乙二醇後 ,以8 5 °C乾燥一晝夜,獲得19 0部的紅色微細化顏料1。 紅色微細化顏料1之相對表面積為70m2/g。 紅色微細化顏料2 將蔥酿系紅色顏料C. I ·顏料紅17 7 (千葉特殊化學股份有 限公司製「CHROMOPHTAL RED A2B」)、氯化鈉14〇〇部 及二乙二醇360部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所 製),以80°C混合攪拌6小時。接著,將該混合攪拌物放 入8公升的溫水中,一面加熱至80°C,一面攪拌2小時而 製成漿狀,重複過濾、水洗以去除氣化鈉及二乙二醇後 ,以85°C乾燥一晝夜,獲得190部的紅色微細化顏料2。 紅色微細化顏料2之相對表面積為8 0 m2 / g。 紅色微細化顏料3 將紅色顏料C. I.顏料紅242(Clariant公司製「仙\^0卩-ERM SCARLET 4RF」)200部、氣化鈉1400部及二乙二醇 100113570 表單編號A0101 第58頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 360部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所製),以go °C混合攪拌6小時。接著,將該混合攪拌物放入8公升的 溫水中,一面加熱至80。(:,一面攪拌2小時而製成漿狀, 重複過濾、水洗以去除氯化鈉及二乙二醇後,以85。〇乾 燥一晝夜’獲得19 0部的紅色微細化顏料3。 紅色微細化顏料4 將紅色顏料C. I.顏料橘38(Clariant公司製「NOVOPERM RED HFG」)200部、氣化鈉14〇〇部及二乙二醇360部放J methyl ester 22.0, methyl lauryl acrylate 25.0, KAYAMAR PM- 21 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., e-caprolactone 1 molar plus 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate phosphate) 10. Part 0, Part 2, diethylaminopropyl acrylate, 17. 5 parts, 2, 2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) 6.0, and methyl ethyl ketone 25. 6 Thereafter, the obtained mixture was placed in a dropping funnel, and the dropping funnel was attached to the above-mentioned four separate flasks, and the mixture was dropped over 2 hours. Two hours after the end of the dropwise addition, the polymerization yield was confirmed to be 98% from the solid content, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 7010, and it was cooled to 50 °C. Thus obtained 48% by weight of the resin component and cationic in the side chain 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 57 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 Base Tree 爿曰5. The obtained salt price of the resin was 49 mg K 〇 H / g. Here, the amine valence of the resin having a cationic group at the side bond is determined by the potentiometric titration method using a hydrochloric acid aqueous solution of 〇. 1N to determine the amount of hydrochloric acid required for neutralization, and is converted to the equivalent of potassium hydroxide. <Preparation of fine pigments> Red fine pigment 1 Two dyes of red diketone pyrrole pyrrole C. 颜料. Pigment Red 254 ("IRGAZIN RED 2030" manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan), and 14 parts of sodium chloride And the 360 parts of the diethylene glycol fermentation was placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) and mixed at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the mixed scrambled material was placed in 8 liters of warm water, heated to 80 ° C, and stirred for 2 hours to form a slurry. After repeated filtration and washing with water to remove sodium and diethylene glycol, After drying at 8 ° C for one day and night, 19 parts of red fine pigment 1 were obtained. The red micronized pigment 1 has a relative surface area of 70 m 2 /g. Red micronized pigment 2 Placed onion red pigment C. I · Pigment Red 17 7 ("CHROMOPHTAL RED A2B" manufactured by Chiba Specialty Chemical Co., Ltd.), sodium chloride 14 〇〇 and diethylene glycol 360 A 1 gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) was mixed and stirred at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded material was placed in 8 liters of warm water, heated to 80 ° C, and stirred for 2 hours to form a slurry. The mixture was repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium and ethylene glycol, and then 85. After drying at °C for a day and night, 190 red fine pigments 2 were obtained. The red micronized pigment 2 has a relative surface area of 80 m 2 /g. Red micronized pigment 3 Red pigment CI Pigment Red 242 ("Sen\^0卩-ERM SCARLET 4RF" by Clariant) 200 parts, sodium hydride vapor 1400 and diethylene glycol 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 58 / Total 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 The 360-section was placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and mixed and stirred at go °C for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded material was placed in 8 liters of warm water and heated to 80. (:, while stirring for 2 hours, it was made into a slurry, and it was repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and dried over 85 〇 to obtain 19 parts of red fine pigment 3. Red fine Chemical Pigment 4 Red pigment CI Pigment Orange 38 ("NOVOPERM RED HFG" by Clariant Co., Ltd.) 200 parts, sodium gasification 14 〇〇 part and diethylene glycol 360 part

入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所製),以8〇〇c混合攪 拌6小時。接著’將該混合攪拌物放入8公升的溫水中, 一面加熱至8(TC ’ 一面攪拌2小時而製成漿狀,重複過濾 、水洗以去除氣化鈉及二乙二醇後,以85〇c乾燥一晝夜 ’獲得1 9 0部的紅色微細化顏料4。 紅色微細化顏料5 將紅色顏料C. I.顏料紅166(BASF公司製「Cromophtal Scarlet RN」)200部、氯化鈉1400部及二乙二醇360部A stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) was placed, and the mixture was stirred at 8 ° C for 6 hours. Then, the mixture was placed in 8 liters of warm water and heated to 8 (TC' while stirring for 2 hours to form a slurry. After repeated filtration and washing with water to remove sodium and ethylene glycol, 85 〇cdrying for a day and night', obtaining 19 parts of red fine pigment 4. Red fine pigment 5 Red pigment CI Pigment Red 166 ("Cromophtal Scarlet RN" manufactured by BASF Corporation) 200 parts, 1400 parts of sodium chloride and two Glycol 360

放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所製),以8〇。(:混合 授拌6小時。接著,將該混合攪拌物放入8公升的溫水中 ’—面加熱至80°C,一面攪拌2小時而製成槳狀,重複過 濾、水洗以去除氣化鈉及二乙二醇後,以85°C乾燥一晝 夜,獲得190部的紅色微細化顏料5。 紅色微細化顏料6 將紅色顏料C. I.顏料紅220(BASF公司製「Cromophtal Red G」)200部、氣化鈉1400部及二乙二酵360部放入 不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所製),以80°C混合攪拌 6小時。接著,將該混合攪拌物放入8公升的溫水中,一 100113570 表單編號A0101 第59頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 面加熱至80°C,一面攪拌2小時而製成漿狀,重複過濾、 水洗以去除氣化鈉及二乙二醇後,以85°C乾燥一畫夜, 獲得190部的紅色微細化顏料6。 紅色微細化顏料7 將紅色顏料C. I.顏料紅48 : 1(東洋墨水製造股份有限公 司製「LI0N0L RED TT-4801G」)200部、氣化鈉 1400 部及二乙二醇360部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作 所製),以80°C混合攪拌6小時。接著,將該混合攪拌物 放入8公升的溫水中,一面加熱至80°C,一面授拌2小時 而製成漿狀,重複過濾、水洗以去除氯化鈉及二乙二醇 後,以85°C乾燥一畫夜,獲得190部的紅色微細化顏料7 〇 黃色微細化顏料1 將鎳錯合物系黃色顏料C. I.顏料黃150(LANXESS公司製 「E-4GN」)200部、氣化鈉1400部及二乙二醇360部放 入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所製),以80°C混合攪 拌6小時。接著,將該混合攪拌物放入8公升的溫水中, 一面加熱至80°C,一面攪拌2小時而製成漿狀,重複過濾 、水洗以去除氣化鈉及二乙二醇後,以85°C乾燥一晝夜 ,獲得190部的黃色微細化顏料1。黃色微細化顏料1之相 對表面積為65m2/g。 黃色微細化顏料2 將鎳錯合物系黃色顏料C. I.顏料黃150(東洋墨水製造股 份有限公司製「LIONOGEN YELLOW DT1 200」)200部、 氣化鈉1400部及二乙二醇360部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合 機(井上製作所製),以80°C混合攪拌6小時。接著,將該 100113570 表單編號A0101 第60頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 混合攪拌物放入8公升的溫水中,一面加熱至80°C,一面 攪拌2小時而製成漿狀,重複過濾、水洗以去除氯化鈉及 二乙二醇後,以85°C乾燥一晝夜,獲得190部的黃色微細 化顏料2。 藍色微細化顏料1 將酞菁系藍色顏料之C. I.顏料藍15 : 6(東洋墨水製造股 份有限公司製「Lionol Blue ES」)200部、氣化鈉 1400部及二乙二醇360部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井 上製作所製),以80°C混合攪拌6小時。接著,將該混合 ^ 攪拌物放入8公升的溫水中,一面加熱至80°C,一面攪拌 2小時而製成漿狀,重複過濾、水洗以去除氯化鈉及二乙 二醇後,以85°C乾燥一晝夜,獲得190部的藍色微細化顏 料1。藍色微細化顏料1之相對表面積為80m2/g。 紫色微細化顏料1 將二噁嗪系紫色色顏料之C. I.顏料紫23(東洋墨水製造公 司製「LIONOGEN VIOLET RL」)20 0部、氯化鈉 140 0部 及二乙二醇360部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作所 製),以80°C混合攪拌6小時。接著,將該混合攪拌物放 入8公升的溫水中,一面加熱至80°C,一面攪拌2小時而 製成漿狀,重複過濾、水洗以去除氯化鈉及二乙二醇後 ,以85°C乾燥一晝夜,獲得190部的紫色微細化顏料1。 紫色微細化顏料1之相對表面積為9 5 m2 / g。 綠色微細化顏料1 將酞菁系綠色顏料之C. I.顏料綠36(東洋墨水製造股份有 限公司製「Lionol Green 6YK」)200部、氣化鈉1400 部及二乙二醇360部放入不銹鋼製1加侖捏合機(井上製作 100113570 表單編號A0101 第61頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 所製),以80°C混合攪拌6小時。接著,將該混合攪拌物 放入8公升的溫水中,一面加熱至80°C,一面攪拌2小時 而製成漿狀,重複過濾、水洗以去除氯化鈉及二乙二醇 後,以85°C乾燥一晝夜,獲得190部的綠色微細化顏料1 。綠色微細化顏料1之相對表面積為7 5 m2 / g。 〈鹵化生成物(A)之製造〉 鹵化生成物(A-1) 採下述程序,製作由C. I.酸性紅52及二硬脂醯二甲基氯 化銨(01^打41〇?^1)86?)(陽離子部分之分子量5 50)所組 成的鹵化生成物(A-1)。 於7〜15莫耳%之氫氧化納溶液中,令C. I.酸性紅52溶 解,充分進行混合•攪拌,加熱至70〜90°C後,逐次些 許滴下QUARTAMIN D86P(再者,QUARTAMIN D86P溶解 於水而作為水溶液使用亦可)。滴下QUARTAMIN D86P後 ,以70〜90°C攪拌60分鐘,充分進行反應。反應終點之 確認係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開時即為終點,可判 斷獲得鹵化生成物。其後,一面攪拌所獲得的反應混合 物,一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,水洗後,以乾 燥機將殘留於濾紙上之鹵化生成物去除水分予以乾燥, 獲得C. I.酸性紅52與二硬脂醯二曱基氣化銨之鹵化生成 物(鹵化生成物(A-1))。 鹵化生成物(A-2) 採下述程序,製作由C. I.酸性紅52及二硬脂醯二曱基氯 化銨(陽離子部分之分子量382)所組成的鹵化生成物 (A-2)。 於7〜15莫耳%之氫氧化鈉溶液中,令C. I.酸性紅52溶 100113570 表單編號A0101 第62頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 充刀進行此合•攪拌,加熱至*70〜90。(:後,逐次些 荀下一硬月日酿―甲基氣化銨(再者,二硬脂醯二甲基氣 化錢溶解於水而作為水溶液使用亦可)。滴下二硬脂酿二 甲基氣化錢n9(rc_6G分鐘充分進行反應 反應、、、、點之確遇係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會渗開時即 為終點’可判斷獲得^化生成物。其後—面授掉所獲 得的反應混合物,—面放冷啦溫後,進行吸引過濾, 水洗後,叫燥機將殘留於錢上之自化生餘去除水 ◎ 乾燥’獲彳&lt; 丨.酸性紅52與二硬脂醯二甲基氣化 銨之鹵化生成物(鹵化生成物(a_2))。 鹵化生成物(A-3) 採下述程序,製作蚊丨.酸性紅52及三硬脂醯單甲基氣 化銨(陽離子部分之分子量788)所組成的鹵化生成物 (A-3)。 於7〜15莫耳%之氫氧仙溶液巾,令e.[酸性紅防容 解’充分進行混合•授拌,加熱至7()〜9代後,逐次些 〇 許滴下三硬脂酿二甲基氣化錢(再者,三硬脂醯單甲基氣 化敍溶解於水而作為水溶液使用亦可)。滴下三硬脂 甲基氣化織’以7Q〜9代游6()分鐘,充分進行反應 。反應終點之確認係於I紙滴下反錢,不會滲開時即 為終點,可判斷獲得自化生成物。其後,—面㈣所獲 得的反應混合物面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過渡, 水洗後’以乾燥機將殘留於濾紙上之自化生成物去除水 分予以乾燥,獲得c. I.酸性紅52與三硬脂醯單甲基氣化 銨之鹵化生成物(鹵化生成物(a_3))。 鹵化生成物(A-4) 100113570 表單編號A0101 第63頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 採下述程序,製作由C. I.酸性紅289及二硬脂醯二曱基氣 化銨(QUARTAMIN D86P)(陽離子部分之分子量550)所組 成的_化生成物(A-4)。 於7〜15莫耳%之氫氧化鈉溶液中’令C. I.酸性紅289溶 解,充分進行混合•攪拌,加熱至70〜90°C後,逐次些 許滴下QUARTAMIN D86PC再者,QUARTAMIN D86P溶解 於水而作為水溶液使用亦可)。滴下QUART AMIN D86P後 ,以70〜90°C攪拌60分鐘,充分進行反應。反應終點之 確認係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開時即為終點,可判 斷獲得函化生成物。其後,一面攪拌所獲得的反應混合 物,一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,水洗後,以乾 燥機將殘留於濾紙上之齒化生成物去除水分予以乾燥, 獲得C. I.酸性紅289與二硬脂醯二甲基氣化銨之鹵化生成 物(鹵化生成物(A-4))。 鹵化生成物(A-5) 採下述程序’製作由C. I.酸性紅87及二硬脂醯二甲基氣 化銨(QUARTAMIN D86P)(陽離子部分之分子量550)所組 成的i化生成物(A-5)。 於7〜15莫耳%之氫氧化鈉溶液中,令c.丨.酸性紅87溶 解,充分進行混合•攪拌,加熱至7〇〜9〇〇c後,逐次些 許滴下QUARTAMIN D86P(再者,QUARTAMIN D86P溶解 於水而作為水溶液使用亦可)。滴下qUARTAMIN D86p後 ,以70〜90 C攪拌60分鐘,充分進行反應。反應終點之 確認係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開時即為終點,可判 斷獲得_化生成物。其後,一面攪拌所獲得的反應混合 物,一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,水洗後,以乾 100113570 表單編號A0101 第64頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 燥機將殘留於^上之鹵化生祕去除水分予以乾燥, =得C. !.酸性吨與二硬脂醯二甲基氣化錢之“生成 物(鹵化生成物(A_5:〇。 卣化生成物(A~ 6) 採下述程序’製作由.酸性紅92及三硬脂酿單甲基氣 錢(陽離子部分之分子量612)所組成的i化生成物 CA-6) 〇A stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) was placed in an amount of 8 inches. (: mixing and mixing for 6 hours. Then, the mixture was placed in 8 liters of warm water'-surface heated to 80 ° C, stirred for 2 hours to form a paddle, repeated filtration, water washing to remove sodium vaporized After diethylene glycol, it was dried at 85 ° C for one day and night to obtain 190 red fine pigments 5. Red fine pigment 6 Red pigment CI Pigment Red 220 ("Cromophtal Red G" manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1400 parts of sodium vapor and 360 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and the mixture was stirred and mixed at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Then, the mixture was placed in 8 liters of warm water. A 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 59 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 The surface is heated to 80 ° C, stirred for 2 hours to form a slurry, repeated filtration, water washing to remove sodium and diethylene glycol, After drying at 85 ° C for one night, 190 red fine pigments were obtained. Red fine pigment 7 Red pigment CI pigment red 48 : 1 ("LI0N0L RED TT-4801G" manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.) 200 parts , gasification of sodium 1400 and diethylene glycol 360 The stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) was placed and mixed and stirred at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Then, the mixture was placed in 8 liters of warm water and heated to 80 ° C for 2 hours. After being slurried, repeatedly filtered, washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and dried at 85 ° C for one night to obtain 190 red fine pigments 7 〇 yellow fine pigment 1 200 yellow pigments CI Pigment Yellow 150 ("E-4GN" manufactured by LANXESS Co., Ltd.), 1400 vaporized sodium and 360 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) at 80°. C, the mixture was stirred for 6 hours. Then, the mixture was placed in 8 liters of warm water, heated to 80 ° C, and stirred for 2 hours to form a slurry. The filtration and washing were repeated to remove sodium and diethyl carbonate. After the diol was dried at 85 ° C for one day and night to obtain 190 yellow fine pigments 1. The relative surface area of the yellow fine pigment 1 was 65 m 2 /g. Yellow fine pigment 2 nickel complex yellow pigment CI pigment Huang 150 ("Taiyang Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd." 200 parts of ONOGEN YELLOW DT1 200"), 1400 parts of sodium gasification and 360 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and mixed and stirred at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the 100113570 form was used. No. A0101 Page 60 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 Mix the mixture into 8 liters of warm water, heat to 80 ° C, stir for 2 hours to make a slurry, repeat filtration, water wash to remove sodium chloride After diethylene glycol, it was dried at 85 ° C for one day and night to obtain 190 yellow fine pigments 2 . Blue micronized pigment 1 200 pieces of CI Pigment Blue 15 : 6 ("Lionol Blue ES" by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.), 1400 parts of sodium hydride, and 360 parts of diethylene glycol are placed in the phthalocyanine blue pigment. The stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) was mixed and stirred at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the mixture was placed in 8 liters of warm water, heated to 80 ° C, and stirred for 2 hours to form a slurry, which was repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol. After drying at 85 ° C for one day and night, 190 blue fine pigments 1 were obtained. The relative surface area of the blue fine pigment 1 was 80 m 2 /g. Purple micronized pigment 1 20 parts of CI Pigment Violet 23 ("LIONOGEN VIOLET RL" manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.), 140 parts of sodium chloride, and 360 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in stainless steel. A 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) was prepared and mixed and stirred at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded material was placed in 8 liters of warm water, heated to 80 ° C, and stirred for 2 hours to form a slurry. The mixture was repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then 85. After drying at °C for a day and night, 190 purple fine pigments 1 were obtained. The purple micronized pigment 1 has a relative surface area of 9 5 m 2 /g. Green micronized pigment 1 200 pieces of CI Pigment Green 36 ("Lionol Green 6YK" manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.), 1400 parts of sodium hydride, and 360 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in stainless steel. A gallon kneader (produced by Inoue 100113570, Form No. A0101, page 61/108, 1003215110-0, 201214030) was mixed and stirred at 80 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded material was placed in 8 liters of warm water, heated to 80 ° C, and stirred for 2 hours to form a slurry. The mixture was repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then 85. After drying at °C for a day and night, 190 green fine pigments 1 were obtained. The green micronized pigment 1 has a relative surface area of 7 5 m 2 /g. <Production of halogenated product (A)> Halogenated product (A-1) The following procedure was carried out to prepare CI Acid Red 52 and distearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride (01^打41〇?^1) A halogenated product (A-1) consisting of 86?) (molecular weight of the cationic moiety: 5 50). In 7~15 mol% sodium hydroxide solution, dissolve CI Acid Red 52, mix thoroughly and stir, heat to 70~90 °C, then drop QUARTAMIN D86P one by one (again, QUARTAMIN D86P dissolves in water) It can also be used as an aqueous solution). After dropping QUARTAMIN D86P, the mixture was stirred at 70 to 90 ° C for 60 minutes to sufficiently carry out the reaction. The end point of the reaction was confirmed by dropping the reaction liquid on the filter paper, and the end point was not bleed, and the halogenated product was judged to be obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture was stirred while being allowed to cool to room temperature, and then subjected to suction filtration. After washing with water, the halogenated product remaining on the filter paper was removed by a dryer and dried to obtain CI Acid Red 52 and II. A halogenated product of a stearin quinone-based vaporized ammonium (halogenated product (A-1)). Halogenated product (A-2) A halogenated product (A-2) consisting of C. I. Acid Red 52 and distearyl bismuthyl ammonium chloride (molecular weight of cation portion 382) was prepared by the following procedure. In 7~15 mol% sodium hydroxide solution, make C. I. Acid red 52 dissolve 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 62 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 Fill the knife to do this. Stir and heat to *70~90. (: After that, one by one, the next hard month, the brewing of methyl carbamide (in addition, the diste sulphur dimethyl dimethylated gas is dissolved in water and used as an aqueous solution). Methyl vaporized money n9 (rc_6G minutes to fully carry out the reaction, and, at the point where the reaction solution is dropped on the filter paper, the end point is not bleed, it can be judged to obtain the chemical product. After obtaining the reaction mixture, the surface is allowed to cool and then subjected to suction filtration. After washing with water, the dryer will remove the water from the self-chemical residue remaining on the money. ◎ Drying 'O' 彳 丨. Acid Red 52 and II Halogenated product of stearyl dimethyl carbamide (halogenated product (a_2)). Halogenated product (A-3) The following procedure was used to prepare mosquito mites. Acid red 52 and tristearate monomethyl Halogenated product (A-3) consisting of vaporized ammonium (molecular weight of cation part 788). 7~15 mol% of oxyhydroxide solution towel, so that e.[acid red anti-missing solution] is fully mixed After mixing, after heating to 7 () ~ 9 generations, successively drip the tri-hard fat to make dimethyl vaporized money (again, tri-hard fat 醯 single armor The base gas can be dissolved in water and used as an aqueous solution.) The tristearate methylated woven fabric is dripped in 7Q~9 for 6 minutes, and the reaction is fully carried out. The confirmation of the end point of the reaction is based on the drop of the I paper. The money, when it does not seep, is the end point, and it can be judged that the self-forming product is obtained. Thereafter, the surface of the reaction mixture obtained in the surface (4) is allowed to cool to room temperature, and then the adsorption transition is carried out. After washing, the residue is left in the dryer. The self-chemical product on the filter paper is dehydrated and dried to obtain a halogenated product (halogenated product (a_3)) of c. I. acid red 52 and tristearate monomethylammonium halide. Halogenated product (A) -4) 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 63 / Total 1 〇 8 Page 1003215110-0 201214030 The following procedure was used to prepare the acid red 289 and distearyl hydrazine (QUARTAMIN D86P) (cationic part) _Chemical product (A-4) having a molecular weight of 550). Dissolve CI Acid Red 289 in 7~15 mol% sodium hydroxide solution, mix thoroughly, stir, and heat to 70~90 °C After that, drop the QUARTAMIN D86PC one by one, and the QUARTAMIN D86P dissolves in It can also be used as an aqueous solution. After dropping QUART AMIN D86P, it is stirred at 70 to 90 ° C for 60 minutes to fully carry out the reaction. The end of the reaction is confirmed by dropping the reaction solution on the filter paper, and the end point is not allowed to bleed. After obtaining the reaction product, the obtained reaction mixture is stirred and allowed to cool to room temperature, and then suction-filtered, and after washing with water, the toothed product remaining on the filter paper is removed by a dryer and dried. A halogenated product (halogenated product (A-4)) of CI Acid Red 289 and distearyl dimethylammonium halide was obtained. Halogenated product (A-5) The following procedure was used to prepare an i-formed product consisting of CI Acid Red 87 and distearyl dimethylammonium hydride (QUARTAMIN D86P) (molecular weight of 550). -5). Dissolve c. 丨. Acid Red 87 in 7~15 mol% sodium hydroxide solution, mix thoroughly and stir, heat to 7〇~9〇〇c, and then drop QUARTAMIN D86P one by one (again, QUARTAMIN D86P is dissolved in water and can be used as an aqueous solution). After the qUARTAMIN D86p was dropped, the mixture was stirred at 70 to 90 C for 60 minutes to sufficiently carry out the reaction. The confirmation of the end point of the reaction is the dropping of the reaction liquid on the filter paper, and the end point is not bleed, and it is judged that the _ chemical product is obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture was stirred while being allowed to cool to room temperature, and then subjected to suction filtration, and after washing with water, dried 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 64 / Total 1 〇 8 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 The dryer would remain in ^ On the halogenated bio-mystery to remove moisture to dry, = C.!. Acidic tons and distearyl dimethylated gas "products (halogenated products (A_5: 〇. 卣化products (A~ 6) The following procedure was used to produce a chemical product CA-6 consisting of acid red 92 and tristearyl monomethyl alcohol (molecular weight of the cationic moiety 612).

於7〜15莫耳%之氫氧化鈉溶液中,令C. I.酸性紅92溶 解,充分進行混合•攪拌,加熱至70〜9(TC後,逐次些 許滴下三硬賴二甲基氣化錢(再者,三硬脂酿單甲基氣 化銨溶解於水而作為水溶液亦可)^滴下三硬脂酿單 甲基氣化銨後,以70〜9(rc攪拌6〇分鐘,充分進行反應 。反應終點之確認係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開時即 為終點,可判斷獲得鹵化生成物。其後,—面授掉所獲 得的反應混合物,一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾, 水洗後,以乾燥機將殘留於濾紙上之自化生成物去除水 分予以乾燥,獲得c. I·酸性紅92與三硬脂醯單甲基氣化 銨之鹵化生成物(鹵化生成物(A_6W。 鹵化生成物(A-7) 採下述程序,製作由C. I.酸性紅388及二硬脂醯二曱基氯 化銨(QUARTAMIN D86P)(陽離子部分之分子量55〇)所組 成的鹵化生成物(A-7)。 100113570 於7〜15莫耳%之氫氧化鈉溶液中,令c.丨.酸性紅388溶 解,充分進行混合•授拌,加熱至7〇〜9〇°c後,逐次些 許滴下QUARTAMIN D86P(再者,qUARTAMIN D86P溶解 於水而作為水溶液使用亦可)。滴下qUARTAMIN D86P後 第65頁/共1〇8頁 表單編號A0101 1003215110-0 201214030 ,以70〜9〇r攪拌60分鐘,充分進行反應。反應終點之 確認係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開時即為終點,可判 斷獲得由化生成物。其後,一面攪拌所獲得的反應混合 物,一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,水洗後,以乾 燥機將殘留於濾紙上之由化生成物去除水分予以乾燥, 獲知&quot;C. I.酸性紅388與二硬脂醯二甲基氣化録之鹵化生成 物(鹵化生成物(A-7))。 鹵化生成物(A-8) 採下述程序’製作由C. I.酸性紅52及二烷基(烷基為C14 〜C18)二曱基氯化銨(Arquad 2HT-75)(陽離子部分之 刀子量438〜550)所組成的鹵化生成物(A-8)。 於7〜15莫耳%之氫氧化鈉溶液中,令C. I.酸性紅52溶 解,充分進行混合•攪拌,加熱至7〇〜9(TC後,逐次些 許滴下Arquad 2HT-75。又,Arquad 2HT-75溶解於水 而作為水溶液使用亦可。滴下Arquad 2HT-75後,以 〜90°C攪拌60分鐘,充分進行反應。反應終點之確認係 於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開時即為終點,可判斷獲得 i化生成物。其後,一面攪拌所獲得的反應混合物,一 面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,水洗後,以乾燥機將 殘留於濾紙上之南化生成物去除水分予以乾燥,獲得 C. I·酸性紅52與二烷基(烷基為C14〜C18)二曱基氣化銨 (Arquad 2HT-75)之鹵化生成物化生成物(A-8))。 鹵化生成物(A-9) 採下述程序,製作由c.丨.酸性紅289及二烷基(烷基為 C14〜C18)二甲基氯化銨(ArqUad 2HT-75)(陽離子部分 之分子量438〜550 )所組成的齒化生成物(A-9)。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第66頁/共108頁 1003215Π0Ό 201214030 於7〜15莫耳%之氫氧化鈉溶液中,令c.丨.酸性紅289溶 解’充分進行混合•攪拌,加熱至70〜9(TC後,逐次些 許滴下 Arquad 2HT-75(再者,Arquad 2HT-75 溶解於 水而作為水溶液使用亦可)。滴下Arquad 2HT-75後,以 7 Λ 〜9〇°C攪拌60分鐘,充分進行反應。反應終點之確認 係於濾紙滴下反應液’不會滲開時即為終點,可判斷獲 v寻鹵化生成物。其後,一面攪拌所獲得的反應混合物, 面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,水洗後,以乾燥機 將殘留於濾紙上之_化生成物去除水分予以乾燥,獲得 C. L酸性紅289與二烷基(烷基為C14〜C18)二甲基氣化 銨(ArqUad 2HT_75)之鹵化生成物(I化生成物(a_9)) 鹵化生成物(A-10) 採下述程序,製作由c.丨.酸性紅52及單月桂基三甲基氣 化錢(陽離子部分之分子量228)所組成的自化生成物 (A-1〇) 〇In 7~15 mol% sodium hydroxide solution, dissolve CI Acid Red 92, fully mix and stir, heat to 70~9 (after TC, drop three hard dimethyl dimethylated gas one by one) The tristearyl alcohol monomethylammonium oxide is dissolved in water and used as an aqueous solution. After the tri-hard fat is added to the monomethylammonium vapor, the mixture is stirred at 70 to 9 (rc for 6 minutes) to sufficiently carry out the reaction. The end point of the reaction is confirmed by dropping the reaction solution on the filter paper, and the end point is not bleed, and it is judged that the halogenated product is obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture is allowed to be surface-released, and then allowed to cool to room temperature, and then subjected to suction filtration. After washing with water, the self-chemical product remaining on the filter paper is removed by a dryer and dried to obtain a halogenated product of c. I·acid red 92 and tristearate monomethylammonium halide (halogenated product ( A_6W. Halogenated product (A-7) The following procedure was used to prepare a halogenated product consisting of CI Acid Red 388 and distearyl hydrazide ammonium chloride (QUARTAMIN D86P) (molecular weight of the cationic moiety: 55 Å). (A-7) 100113570 sodium hydroxide at 7~15 mol% In the solution, dissolve c. 丨. Acid Red 388, mix thoroughly and mix, heat to 7〇~9〇°c, and then drop QUARTAMIN D86P one by one. (In addition, qUARTAMIN D86P is dissolved in water and used as an aqueous solution. Yes. After dropping qUARTAMIN D86P, page 65 / total 1 page 8 form number A0101 1003215110-0 201214030, stir for 70 minutes at 70~9〇r, fully react. The end of the reaction is confirmed by dropping the reaction solution on the filter paper, not When it bleeds, it is the end point, and it can be judged that the chemical product is obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture is stirred while being allowed to cool to room temperature, and then suction-filtered, washed with water, and left on the filter paper by a dryer. The product was dried by removing moisture, and the halogenated product (halogenated product (A-7)) recorded by &quot;CI Acid Red 388 and distearyl dimethyl gasification was obtained. Halogenated product (A-8) The following procedure was used to prepare a halogenated product consisting of CI Acid Red 52 and a dialkyl (alkyl group C14 to C18) diammonium chloride (Arquad 2HT-75) (the amount of the cation portion of the knife 438 to 550). Product (A-8). 7 to 15 mol% In the sodium hydroxide solution, dissolve CI Acid Red 52, mix thoroughly and stir, and heat to 7〇~9 (after TC, drop Arquad 2HT-75 one by one. In addition, Arquad 2HT-75 is dissolved in water and used as an aqueous solution. After the Arquad 2HT-75 was dropped, the mixture was stirred at ~90 ° C for 60 minutes to carry out the reaction sufficiently. The end of the reaction was confirmed by dropping the reaction solution on the filter paper, and the end point was not bleed, and the obtained product was judged to be obtained. . Then, while stirring the obtained reaction mixture, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and then suction-filtered, and after washing with water, the residue of the southern product remaining on the filter paper was removed by a dryer to obtain a C. I. acidity. The halogenation of red 52 with a dialkyl (alkyl group C14 to C18) dimercaptoalkylammonium oxide (Arquad 2HT-75) to form a physicochemical product (A-8)). Halogenated product (A-9) was prepared by the following procedure: c. 丨. Acid red 289 and dialkyl (alkyl group C14~C18) dimethyl ammonium chloride (ArqUad 2HT-75) (cationic part) The toothed product (A-9) composed of a molecular weight of 438 to 550). 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 66/108 Page 1003215Π0Ό 201214030 In 7~15 mol% sodium hydroxide solution, let c.丨. Acid red 289 dissolve 'fully mix and stir, heat to 70~9 (TC After that, Arquad 2HT-75 was added dropwise (again, Arquad 2HT-75 was dissolved in water and used as an aqueous solution). After dropping Arquad 2HT-75, it was stirred at 7 〜 to 9 ° C for 60 minutes to fully react. The confirmation of the end point of the reaction is the end point of the filter paper when the reaction liquid does not bleed, and it can be judged that the halogenated product is obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture is stirred while being allowed to cool to room temperature. After suction filtration, after washing with water, the _ chemical product remaining on the filter paper is removed by a dryer and dried to obtain C. L acid red 289 and a dialkyl (alkyl group C14 to C18) dimethyl vaporized ammonium ( Halogenated product of ArqUad 2HT_75) (I product (a_9)) Halogenated product (A-10) The following procedure was used to prepare c. 丨. acid red 52 and monolauryl trimethylated gas (cation) Part of the molecular weight 228) of the self-chemical product (A-1 〇) 〇

1 100113570 兴斗叙氫氧化鈉溶液中’令c. L酸性紅防容 解,充^進行混合•攪拌,加熱至7G〜阶後,逐次些 許滴下單月桂基二曱基氣化錢(再者,單月桂基三甲 化銨溶解財㈣从溶較时、可)。滴桂基三 甲基氣化錢後,以7G〜9(rc㈣6Q分鐘,充: 。反應終點之確認係於執滴下反應液,不會滲開時即议 為終點,可判斷獲㈣化生成物。其後,_面授掉 得的反應混合物,—面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾, 水洗後,錢燥祕殘㈣軌上之自化生成物去 分予以乾燥,獲得•酸性紅52與單月桂基氣 表單編號臟 第67頁/共108頁 τ丞氟化 1003215110-0 201214030 銨之鹵化生成物(鹵化生成物(A_1〇))。 鹵化生成物(A-11) 採下述程序,製作由C. I.酸性紅52及四乙基氣化銨(陽離 子部分之分子量122)所組成的鹵化生成物(a-11)。 於7〜15莫耳%之氫氧化鈉溶液中,令c.丨.酸性紅52溶 解,充分進行混合•攪拌,加熱至7〇〜9(TC後,逐次些 許滴下四乙基氣化銨(再者’四乙基氣化銨溶解於水而作 為水溶液使用亦可)》滴下四乙基氣化銨後,以7〇〜9〇°c 授拌60分鐘,充分進行反應。反應終點之確認係於濾紙 滴下反應液’不會滲開時即為終點,可判斷獲得函化生 成物。其後,一面攪拌所獲得的反應混合物,一面放冷 到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,水洗後,以乾燥機將殘留於 濾紙上之i化生成物去除水分予以乾燥,獲得c I酸性 紅52與四乙基氣化銨之鹵化生成物(鹵化生成物(A — i J )) 〇 鹵化生成物(A-12) 除了將鹵化生成物(A-8)之C. I.酸性紅52改變為C. I.酸 性紅87以外,均與鹵化生成物(A-8)同樣地獲得鹵化生成 物(A-12)。 鹵化生成物(A-13) 除了將鹵化生成物(A-8)之C. I.酸性紅52改變為C. I.酸 性紅92以外’均與鹵化生成物(A-8)同樣地獲得鹵化生成 物(A-13)。 鹵化生成物(A-14) 除了將鹵化生成物(A-8)之C. I.酸性紅52改變為c. I.酸 性紅388以外,均與鹵化生成物(A-8)同樣地獲得鹵化生 100113570 表單編號A0101 第68頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 成物(A-14)。 鹵化生成物(A2-1 ) 採下述程序,製作由c.酸性紅52及側鍵具有陽離子性 基之樹脂1所組成的鹵化生成物(A2-1)。 於水2000部添加側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂1,充分攪拌 混合後’加熱至6〇。(:。另,調製於90部之水中,令1〇部 之C. I.酸性紅52溶解而成之水溶液,於先前之樹脂溶液 逐次些許滴下。滴下後,以60°C攪拌120分鐘,充分進行 &gt; 反應。反應終點之確認係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開 時即為終點,可判斷獲得齒化生成物。其後,一面攪拌 所獲得的反應混合物,一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過 渡,水洗後’以乾燥機將殘留於濾紙上之齒化生成物去 除水分予以乾燥,獲得32部之C I.酸性紅52與側鏈具有 陽離子性基之樹脂1之鹵化生成物(鹵化生成物(Ah&quot;) 〇 鹵化生成物(A2-2) ) 採下述程序,製作由C.丨.酸性紅52及侧鏈具有陽離子性 基之樹脂2所組成的鹵化生成物(A2_2)。 於10%之甲醇水溶液2〇〇〇部添加88部之側鏈具有陽離子 性基之樹脂2,充分攪拌混合後,加熱至6〇t。另,調製 於90部之水巾,令1()部之G· h酸性紅52溶解而成之水溶 液,於先前之樹脂溶液逐次些許滴下。滴下後,以6(rc 授拌120分鐘’充分騎反應。反祕點切認係於渡紙 滴下反應液,不會滲開時即為終點,可判斷獲得齒化生 成物。其後,一面攪拌所獲得的反應混合物,一面放冷 1003215110-0 到室溫後,進行吸引過濾、,水洗後,以乾燦機將殘留於 100113570 表單編號A0101 第69頁/共108頁 201214030 濾紙上之 鹵化生成物去除水分予以乾燥’獲得43部之 C I酸性紅52與侧鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂2之鹵化生成 物(鹵化生成物(A2-2)) ° 鹵化生成物(A2-3) 採下述程序’製作由C. I·酸性紅52及側鏈具有陽離子性 基之樹脂3所組成的鹵化生成物(A2-3)。 於10%之N,N-二曱基甲醯胺水溶液2000部添加46. 7部之 側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂3 ’充分攪拌混合後,加熱至 7(TC。另,調製於90部之水中’令1〇部之C. I.酸性紅52 溶解而成之水溶液,於先前之樹脂溶液逐次些許滴下。 滴下後,以70°C攪拌120分鐘,充分進行反應。反應終點 之確認係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開時即為終點,可 判斷獲得鹵化生成物。其後,一面攪拌所獲得的反應混 合物,一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾,水洗後,以 乾燥機將殘留於濾紙上之鹵化生成物去除水分予以乾燥 ’獲得29部之C. I.酸性紅52與側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹 脂3之鹵化生成物(鹵化生成物(A2-3))。 南化生成物(A2-4) 私下述程序,製作由C. I.酸性紅52及側鏈具有陽離子性 基之樹脂4所組成的鹵化生成物(A2-4)。 調製於1 000部之水中溶解側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂4而 成之溶液,充分攪拌混合後,加熱至7〇t。另,調製於 90部之水中,令10部之C. I.酸性紅52溶解而成之水溶液 ,於先前之樹脂溶液逐次些許滴下。滴下後,以60°C攪 掉120分鐘,充分進行反應。反應終點之確認係於濾紙滴 100113570 下反應液’不會滲開時即為終點,可判斷獲得齒化生成 表單蝙號A0101 第70頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 $。其後,一面攪拌所獲得的反應混合物,一面放冷到 支進行吸引過濾,水洗後,以乾燥機將殘留於渡 紙上之_化生成物絲水分予以錢,獲得19部之C. I. 酸性紅52與侧鏠具有陽離子性基之樹脂4之_化生成物( 鹵化生成物(A2-4))。 鹵化生成物(A2-5) 採下述程序’製作由e. L酸性紅52及側鍵具有陽離子性 基之樹脂5所組成的鹵化生成物(A2-5)。 ;20/醋酸2〇〇〇部添加63. 2部之側鍵具有陽離子性基之 樹月曰5 ’充分㈣混合後,加熱至阶,進行侧鏈之3級 胺基之錢氣化。另,調製於9G部之水中,令1Q部之CI. 酸性紅52鱗而狀水雜,於先前之翻溶液逐次些 許滴下。滴下後,以6(rc攪拌m分鐘,充分進行反應。 反應、、點之確還係於渡紙滴下反應液,不會滲開時即為 終點,可夠獲得自化生成物。其後,—面_所獲得 的反應混合物…面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過濾水 洗後’以乾燥機將殘留於濾紙上之_化生成物去除水分 予以乾燥,獲得38部之c. 酸性紅52與侧鏈具有陽離子 性基之樹脂5之齒化生成物(_化生成物(A2-5))。 鹵化生成物(A2-6) 採下述程序,製作由C. I.酸性紅52及Disperbyk- 200(KBYK Chemie japan公司製、改質丙烯酸系嵌段共 聚物、錢鹽價61mgKOH/g)所組成的齒化生成物(A2_6) 〇 於水2000。[5添加go. 9部之j)iSperbyk - 2000,充分搜拌 混合後,加熱至60°C。另,調製於90部之水中,令1〇部 100113570 表單編號Α0101 1003215110-0 第Ή頁/共108頁 201214030 之C. I.酸性紅5 2溶解而成之水溶液,於先前之樹脂溶液 逐次些許滴下。滴下後,以60°C攪拌120分鐘,充分進行 反應。反應終點之確認係於濾紙滴下反應液,不會滲開 時即為終點,可判斷獲得鹵化生成物。其後,一面攪拌 所獲得的反應混合物,一面放冷到室溫後,進行吸引過 濾,水洗後,以乾燥機將殘留於濾紙上之鹵化生成物去 除水分予以乾燥,獲得31部之C. I.酸性紅52與013_ perbyk- 2000之_化生成物(鹵化生成物(A2-6))。 鹵化生成物(A2-7) 採下述程序,製作由C. I.酸性紅289及側鏈具有陽離子性 基之樹脂1所組成的鹵化生成物(A2-7 )。 於水2000部添加51部之側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂1,充 分攪拌混合後,加熱至60°C。另,調製於90部之水中, 令10部之C. I.酸性紅289溶解而成之水溶液,於先前之 樹脂溶液逐次些許滴下。滴下後,以60°C攪拌120分鐘, 充分進行反應。反應終點之確認係於濾紙滴下反應液, 不會滲開時即為終點,可判斷獲得函化生成物。其後, 一面攪拌所獲得的反應混合物,一面放冷到室溫後,進 行吸引過滤,水洗後,以乾燥機將殘留於濾紙上之鹵化 生成物去除水分予以乾燥,獲得32部之C. I.酸性紅289 與側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂1之鹵化生成物(鹵化生成 物(A2-7))。 鹵化生成物(A 2 - 8) 採下述程序,製作由C. I.酸性紅388及侧鏈具有陽離子性 基之樹脂1所組成的鹵化生成物(A2-8)。 於水2000部添加51部之側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂1,充 100113570 表單編號A0101 第72頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 分攪拌混合後,加熱至60°c。另,調製於90部之水中, 令10部之C. I.酸性紅388溶解而成之水溶液,於先前之 樹脂溶液逐次些許滴下。滴下後,以60°C攪拌120分鐘, 充分進行反應。反應終點之確認係於濾紙滴下反應液, 不會渗開時即為終點’可判斷獲得ή化生成物。其後,1 100113570 Xingdou Shu sodium hydroxide solution in 'c. L acid red anti-capacitance, charge ^ mixing / stirring, heating to 7G ~ order, after a few drops of single lauryl diketone gasification money (again , single lauryl trimethylammonium dissolved wealth (four) from the time of dissolution, can be). After dripping glyceryl trimethylated gas, 7G~9(rc(4)6Q minutes, charging: The confirmation of the end point of the reaction is based on the reaction solution under the drip, and the end point is not considered to be the end point, and it can be judged that the (four) chemical product is obtained. Thereafter, the reaction mixture is _ faceted, and the surface is allowed to cool to room temperature, and then subjected to suction filtration. After washing with water, the self-chemical product on the rail (4) rail is dried to obtain acid red 52. With the single laurel base gas form number dirty page 67 / 108 pages τ 丞 100 100 1003215110-0 201214030 ammonium halogenated product (halogenated product (A_1 〇)). Halogenated product (A-11) The following procedure , producing a halogenated product (a-11) consisting of CI Acid Red 52 and tetraethylammonium vaporate (molecular weight of the cationic moiety 122). In 7 to 15 mol% of sodium hydroxide solution, let c.酸性. Acid red 52 is dissolved, fully mixed and stirred, heated to 7〇~9 (after TC, a little bit of tetraethylammonium vapor is added dropwise (again, 'tetraethylammonium vapor is dissolved in water and used as an aqueous solution) ()) After dropping tetraethylammonium vaporate, mix with 7〇~9〇°c for 60 minutes, fully anti- The end point of the reaction is confirmed by the filter paper dropping the reaction liquid, which is the end point when it does not bleed, and it can be judged that the functionalized product is obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture is stirred while being allowed to cool to room temperature, and then attracted. After filtration and washing with water, the i-formed product remaining on the filter paper is removed by a dryer and dried to obtain a halogenated product of c I acid red 52 and tetraethylammonium vapor (halogenated product (A — i J ). 〇 Halogenated product (A-12) A halogenated product is obtained in the same manner as the halogenated product (A-8) except that the CI acid red 52 of the halogenated product (A-8) is changed to CI acid red 87. A-12) Halogenated product (A-13) Halogenation is obtained in the same manner as the halogenated product (A-8) except that the CI acid red 52 of the halogenated product (A-8) is changed to CI acid red 92. Product (A-13) Halogenated product (A-14) In addition to changing the CI acid red 52 of the halogenated product (A-8) to c. I. Acid red 388, both with the halogenated product (A-) 8) Obtain the same halogenated raw 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 68 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 (A-14) Halogenated product (A2-1) A halogenated product (A2-1) composed of c. Acid red 52 and a resin having a cationic group of a side bond was produced by the following procedure. The resin 1 having a cationic group in the side chain is added to the water 2000, and the mixture is stirred and mixed, and then heated to 6 〇. (:. Further, it is prepared in 90 parts of water, and the CI acid red 52 of 1 part is dissolved. The aqueous solution was dropped several times in the previous resin solution. After dropping, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently carry out the &gt; reaction. The end point of the reaction was confirmed by dropping the reaction solution on the filter paper, and the end point was not bleed, and it was judged that the tooth formation product was obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture was stirred while being allowed to cool to room temperature, and then subjected to a suction transition. After washing with water, the toothed product remaining on the filter paper was removed by a dryer and dried to obtain 32 parts of C I . The halogenated product of the acid red 52 and the resin 1 having a cationic group in the side chain (halogenated product (Ah&quot;) 〇 halogenated product (A2-2)) was produced by C. 丨. Acid Red 52. And a halogenated product (A2_2) composed of a resin 2 having a cationic group in a side chain. To the inside of a 10% methanol aqueous solution, 88 parts of a resin having a cationic group having a side chain of 88 were added, and the mixture was stirred and mixed, and then heated to 6 Torr. Further, a water-repellent solution prepared by dissolving 90 water towels and dissolving G·h acid red 52 in the 1 () portion was successively dropped in the previous resin solution. After dripping, mix the reaction with 6 (rc for 120 minutes). The anti-secret point is determined by dropping the reaction solution on the paper, and it is the end point when it does not seep. It can be judged that the toothed product is obtained. The obtained reaction mixture was stirred, and after being allowed to cool at a temperature of 1003215110-0 to room temperature, it was suction-filtered, washed with water, and then left to be dried on a dry paper machine to form a halogenated product on a filter paper of 100113570 Form No. A0101, page 69 / 108 pages 201214030. The moisture is removed by the removal of water, and the halogenated product (halogenated product (A2-2)) of the resin 2 having a cationic group of 43 is obtained, and the halogenated product (A2-2) is obtained. The procedure 'produces a halogenated product (A2-3) consisting of C. I. Acid Red 52 and a resin having a cationic group in a side chain. 10 parts of N,N-dimercaptomethylamine aqueous solution 2000 Adding 46.7 parts of the resin having a cationic group in the side chain 3' is stirred and mixed, and then heated to 7 (TC. In addition, it is prepared in 90 parts of water to dissolve the 1 part of the CI acid red 52 , after a few drops of the previous resin solution. After dropping, to 70 C was stirred for 120 minutes, and the reaction was sufficiently carried out. The end of the reaction was confirmed by dropping the reaction liquid on the filter paper, and the end point was not bleed, and it was judged that the halogenated product was obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture was stirred while being cooled. After the reaction to room temperature, the mixture is subjected to suction filtration, and after washing with water, the halogenated product remaining on the filter paper is removed by a dryer to remove moisture, and a halogenated product of 29 parts of CI acid red 52 and a side chain having a cationic group is obtained. (halogenated product (A2-3)). The product (A2-4) is produced by the following procedure to produce a halogenated product consisting of CI acid red 52 and a resin having a cationic group in the side chain (A2- 4) A solution prepared by dissolving a resin having a cationic group in a side chain in 1 000 parts, and stirring and mixing, heating to 7 〇t. In addition, it is prepared in 90 parts of water to make 10 parts of CI The aqueous solution prepared by dissolving the acid red 52 was dripped successively in the previous resin solution. After the dropping, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to fully carry out the reaction. The end of the reaction was confirmed to be the reaction liquid under the filter paper drop 100113570' When it does not bleed, it is the end point. It can be judged that the toothing generation form bat No. A0101 page 70/108 page 1003215110-0 201214030 $ is obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture is stirred while being cooled to the branch for attraction. After filtration and washing with water, the moisture of the chemically-formed silk remaining on the paper was dried by a dryer to obtain 19 chemically red 52 and a chemically-based resin 4 of the side enthalpy (halogenated product) (A2-4)) Halogenated product (A2-5) A halogenated product (A2-5) composed of e. L acid red 52 and a resin having a cationic group of a side bond was produced by the following procedure. 20/acetic acid 2 〇〇〇 added 63. The side bond of the 2 part has a cationic group. The tree 曰 5 ' is fully (four) mixed, heated to the order, and the side chain 3 grade amine group is gasified. In addition, it is prepared in the water of the 9G part, so that the CI of the 1Q part is acidic and 52 scales, and the water is mixed in the previous solution. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred for 6 minutes at rc, and the reaction was sufficiently carried out. The reaction was carried out by dropping the reaction solution on the paper, and the end point was not bleed, and the self-forming product was obtained. Thereafter, - Surface _ obtained reaction mixture ... surface is allowed to cool to room temperature, after suction and filtration water washing, 'drying the _ chemical product remaining on the filter paper to remove moisture, to obtain 38 parts of c. Acid red 52 Tooth formation product (_chemical product (A2-5)) of the resin 5 having a cationic group with a side chain. Halogenated product (A2-6) The following procedure was carried out to prepare CI Acid Red 52 and Disperbyk-200. The toothed product (A2_6) consisting of (available from KBYK Chemie japan, modified acrylic block copolymer, and a salt salt price of 61 mgKOH/g) was placed on water 2000. [5 added go. 9 parts of j) iSperbyk - 2000, fully mixed and heated to 60 ° C. In addition, the water is prepared in 90 parts, and the first part is 100113570. The form number is Α0101 1003215110-0. The first page/total 108 pages. The liquid solution of C. I. Acid Red 5 2 is dissolved in the previous resin solution. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently carry out the reaction. The end point of the reaction was confirmed by dropping the reaction liquid on the filter paper, and the end point was not bleed, and it was judged that the halogenated product was obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture was stirred while being allowed to cool to room temperature, and then suction-filtered, and after washing with water, the halogenated product remaining on the filter paper was removed by a dryer to remove water, and 31 parts of CI acid red were obtained. 52 and 013_ perbyk- 2000 _ product (halogenated product (A2-6)). Halogenated product (A2-7) A halogenated product (A2-7) composed of C. I. Acid Red 289 and a resin having a cationic group in a side chain was produced by the following procedure. A resin having a cationic group of 51 side chains was added to the water 2000, and the mixture was stirred and mixed, and then heated to 60 °C. Further, an aqueous solution prepared by dissolving 10 parts of C. I. Acid Red 289 in water of 90 parts was successively dropped in the previous resin solution. After dropping, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently carry out the reaction. The confirmation of the end point of the reaction is the dropping of the reaction liquid on the filter paper, and the end point is not bleed, and it is judged that the functionalized product is obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture was stirred while being allowed to cool to room temperature, and then suction-filtered, and after washing with water, the halogenated product remaining on the filter paper was removed by a dryer to remove moisture, and 32 pieces of CI acid red were obtained. 289 A halogenated product (halogenated product (A2-7)) of a resin 1 having a cationic group in a side chain. Halogenated product (A 2 - 8) A halogenated product (A2-8) composed of C. I. Acid Red 388 and a resin having a cationic group in a side chain was produced by the following procedure. Add 51 parts of the resin with a cationic group on the side of the water 2000, charge 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 72 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 After mixing and mixing, heat to 60 °C. Further, an aqueous solution prepared by dissolving 10 parts of C. I. Acid Red 388 in water of 90 parts was successively dropped in the previous resin solution. After dropping, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to sufficiently carry out the reaction. The end point of the reaction was confirmed by dropping the reaction liquid on the filter paper, and it was the end point when it did not bleed. Thereafter,

一面攪拌所獲得的反應混合物,一面放冷到室溫後,進 行吸引過濾,水洗後’以乾燥機將殘留於濾紙上之函化 生成物去除水分予以乾燥,獲得32部之C. I.酸性紅388 與側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂1之由化生成物(齒化生成 物(Α2_8))。 鹵化生成物(Α2-9) 採下述程序,製作由C. I.酸性紅87及側鍵具有陽離子性 基之樹脂1所組成的鹵化生成物(Α2-9)。 於水2000部添加51部之側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂1,充 分攪拌混合後,加熱至6(TC。另,調製於90部之水中,While stirring the obtained reaction mixture, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and then subjected to suction filtration. After washing with water, the functional product remaining on the filter paper was removed by a dryer and dried to obtain 32 CI red 388 and The chemical conversion product (dentification product (Α2_8)) of the resin 1 having a cationic group in the side chain. Halogenated product (Α2-9) A halogenated product (Α2-9) composed of C. I. Acid Red 87 and a resin having a cationic group of a side bond was produced by the following procedure. A resin having a cationic group of 51 side chains was added to the water 2000, and the mixture was stirred and mixed, and then heated to 6 (TC. In addition, it was prepared in 90 parts of water.

令10部之C. I·酸性紅87溶解而成之水溶液,於先前之樹 脂溶液逐次些許滴下。滴下後’以60。〇攪拌120分鐘,充 分進行反應。反應終點之確認係於濾紙滴下反應液,不 會滲開時即為終點,可判斷獲得鹵化生成物。其後,一 面攪拌所獲得的反應混合物,一面放冷到室溫後,進行 吸引過濾’水洗後,以乾燦機將殘留於濾紙上之_化生 成物去除水分予以乾燥,獲得32部之C. I.酸性紅87與側 鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂1之鹵化生成物(齒化生成物 (A2-9))。 鹵化生成物(A2-10) 採下述程序’製作由C. I.酸性紅92及侧鏈具有陽離子性 100113570 表單編號A0101 第73頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 基之樹脂1所組成的鹵化生成物(A2-10)。 於水2000部添加51部之侧鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂1,充 分攪拌混合後,加熱至60°C。另,調製於90部之水中, 令10部之C. I.酸性紅92溶解而成之水溶液,於先前之樹 脂溶液逐次些許滴下。滴下後,以60°C攪拌120分鐘,充 分進行反應。反應終點之確認係於濾紙滴下反應液,不 會滲開時即為終點,可判斷獲得鹵化生成物。其後,一 面攪拌所獲得的反應混合物,一面放冷到室溫後,進行 吸引過濾,水洗後,以乾燥機將殘留於濾紙上之i化生 成物去除水分予以乾燥,獲得32部之C. I.酸性紅92與侧 鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂1之i化生成物(齒化生成物 (A2-10))。 鹵化生成物(A2-11) 採下述程序,製作由C. I.酸性紅289及側鏈具有陽離子性 基之樹脂5所組成的鹵化生成物(A2-11)。 於20%醋酸200 0部添加63. 2部之侧鏈具有陽離子性基之 樹脂5,充分攪拌混合後,加熱至60°C,進行側鏈之3級 胺基之銨氣化。另,調製於90部之水中,令10部之C. I. 酸性紅289溶解而成之水溶液,於先前被進行銨氯化之樹 脂溶液逐次些許滴下。滴下後,以60°C攪拌120分鐘,充 分進行反應。反應終點之確認係於濾紙滴下反應液,不 會滲開時即為終點,可判斷獲得鹵化生成物。其後* — 面攪拌所獲得的反應混合物,一面放冷到室溫後,進行 吸引過濾,水洗後,以乾燥機將殘留於濾紙上之鹵化生 成物去除水分予以乾燥,獲得38部之C. I.酸性紅289與 側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂5之鹵化生成物(鹵化生成物 100113570 表單編號A0101 第74頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 (A2-11))。 〈咕噸系化合物之製造方法〉 咕噸系化合物(C-1) 藉由常法,將C. I.酸性紅52予以磺醯氯化後,於二噁烷 中,與理論當量之十二胺反應,獲得C. I.酸性紅52之磺 醯化合物(咕噸系化合物(C-1))(根據日本特開平 6-1 94828號公報之記載)。 。占噸系化合物(C-2)An aqueous solution obtained by dissolving 10 parts of C. I. Acid Red 87 was successively dropped in the previous resin solution. After dropping, 'by 60. The mixture was stirred for 120 minutes and the reaction was sufficiently carried out. The end point of the reaction was confirmed by dropping the reaction liquid on the filter paper, and the end point was not bleed, and it was judged that the halogenated product was obtained. Then, while stirring the obtained reaction mixture, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and then subjected to suction filtration. After washing with water, the _ chemical product remaining on the filter paper was removed by a dry machine and dried to obtain 32 CIs. The halogenated product (tooth formation product (A2-9)) of the acid red 87 and the resin 1 having a cationic group in the side chain. Halogenated product (A2-10) The following procedure was used to produce a halogenated product consisting of CI Acid Red 92 and a side chain having a cationicity 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 73 / Total 1 Page 8 1003215110-0 201214030 Product (A2-10). A resin having a cationic group of 51 side chains was added to the water 2000, and the mixture was stirred and mixed, and then heated to 60 °C. In addition, an aqueous solution prepared by dissolving 10 parts of C. I. Acid Red 92 in water of 90 parts was successively dropped in the previous resin solution. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to carry out the reaction sufficiently. The end point of the reaction was confirmed by dropping the reaction liquid on the filter paper, and the end point was not bleed, and it was judged that the halogenated product was obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture was stirred while being allowed to cool to room temperature, and then suction-filtered. After washing with water, the i-formed product remaining on the filter paper was removed by a dryer and dried to obtain 32 CI acidity. Red 92 and a chemical compound (the tooth formation product (A2-10)) having a cationic group in the side chain. Halogenated product (A2-11) A halogenated product (A2-11) composed of C. I. Acid Red 289 and a resin having a cationic group in a side chain was produced by the following procedure. The resin 5 having a cationic group in the side chain of 63.2 parts of 20% acetic acid was added to the mixture, and the mixture was stirred and mixed, and then heated to 60 ° C to carry out ammonium vaporization of the tertiary amine group of the side chain. Further, an aqueous solution prepared by dissolving 10 parts of C. I. Acid Red 289 in water of 90 parts was successively dropped in the ammonium chlorinated resin solution. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 120 minutes to carry out the reaction sufficiently. The end point of the reaction was confirmed by dropping the reaction liquid on the filter paper, and the end point was not bleed, and it was judged that the halogenated product was obtained. Thereafter, the obtained reaction mixture was stirred while being cooled to room temperature, and then suction-filtered. After washing with water, the halogenated product remaining on the filter paper was removed by a dryer to remove moisture, and 38 CI acidity was obtained. Red 289 and halogenated product of resin 5 having a cationic group in the side chain (halogenated product 100113570 Form No. A0101, page 74/108, 1003215110-0 201214030 (A2-11)). <Method for Producing Xanthene Compound> Xanthene Compound (C-1) CI Acid Red 52 is sulfonated and chlorinated by a usual method, and then reacted with a theoretical equivalent of dodecylamine in dioxane. A sulfonium compound (xanthene compound (C-1)) of CI Acid Red 52 was obtained (as described in JP-A-6-1-148828). . Oxygenated compound (C-2)

藉由常法,將C. I.酸性紅289予以磺醯氣化後,於二噁烷 中,與理論當量之十二胺反應,獲得C. I.酸性紅289之磺 醯化合物(咕噸系化合物(C-2))(根據日本特開平 6-1 94828號公報之記載)。 〈顏料分散體之製造方法〉 顏料分散體(DP-1)By chemically sulfonating CI Acid Red 289 with sulfonium sulfonate, it is reacted with theoretical equivalent of dodecylamine in dioxane to obtain sulfonate compound of CI Acid Red 289 (xanthene compound (C-2) )) (According to the Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-1 94828). <Method for Producing Pigment Dispersion> Pigment Dispersion (DP-1)

將下述混合物攪拌混合均勻後,使用直徑0. 5mm之氧化鍅 珠,藉由IGER研磨機(IGER Japan公司製「Mini Model M-250 MKII」)予以分散 5 小時後 ,以 5.0/zm 的過遽 器過濾而製作顏料分散體(DP-1)。 紅色微細化顏料1(C. I.顏料紅254) : 1 1. 0部 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 :40.0部 丙二醇單乙基醚乙酯(PGMAC) : 48. 0部 樹脂型分散劑(日本千葉公司製「EFKA4300」):1. 0部 除了將紅色微細化顏料1及丙烯酸樹脂溶液1變更為表1所 示之微細化顏料及丙烯酸樹脂溶液以外,其他均與上述 顏料分散體(DP-1)同樣地製作顏料分散體(DP-2〜11、 14〜17)。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第75頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 [0005] 表 i : 顏料 分散 髏 微細化顏料 麵料 丙烯酸樹脂溶液 DP-1 紅色微細化顏料1 上土^^紅254 兩烯酸樹脂溶液1 DP-2 紅色微細化顏料2 紅 177 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DP-3 去色微細化顏料1 料着150 丙烯酸樹鹿溶液1 DP-4 藍色微細化顏料1 藍 15 : 6 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DP- 5 紫色微*»化顔料1 丄土逆务紫23 另烯酸樹脂溶液1 DP—6 綠色微細化顏料1 L·1.顏料綠36 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DP-7 紅色微細化顏料3 紅 242 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DP-8 紅色微知化顏料4 橘 38 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DP—9 紅色微細化顏料5 广 τ - U.·顴料紅166 4烯酸樹脂溶液1 DP-10 ^色微麵化顏料6 土土·gjl 紅 220 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DP-11 紅色黴細化顏料7 p-i.薄.料紅48: 1 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DP-14 黃色擻細化顏料2 C-1.類料杳150 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DP-15 紅色微細化顏料3 -9·1-色ft 紅242 丙烯酸樹脂溶液2 DP-16 紅色微細化顏_料3 料紅 242 丙烯酸樹脂溶液3 DP-17 紅色微細化顏料3 C-L顏料紅242 丙烯酸樹脂溶液4 〈含有函化生成物之樹脂溶液及含有咕噸系化合物之樹脂 溶液之製造〉 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-i) 將下述混合物攪拌混合均勻後,以5. 0//ιη的過濾器過濾 而製造含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-1)。 鹵化生成物(A-1) : 11. 0部 丙稀酸樹脂溶液1 : 40. 0部 丙二醇單乙基醚乙酯(PGMAC) :49.0部 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-2〜17)、含有咕噸系化 合物之樹脂溶液(DC-1、2) 除了將鹵化生成物(A-1)變更為下述表2-1所示之鹵化生 成物或咕噸系化合物,將丙烯酸樹脂溶液1變更為同表 2-1所示之丙烯酸樹脂溶液以外,其他均與含有鹵化生成 物之樹脂溶液(DA-1)同樣地製作含有鹵化生成物之樹脂 溶液(DA-2〜DA-17)、及含有咕嘲系化合物之樹脂溶液 (DC-1 、 DC-2)。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第76頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 表 2-1 : 含有著色劑 之樹脂溶液 彘化生咸物(A)或咭嚓系 化合物 丙烯酸樹脂溶液 DA-1 歯化生成物(A-1) 丙稀酸樹脂溶液1 DA—2 彘化生咸物(A-2) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA-3 齒化生成物(A-3) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA-4 ί化生成物(A-4) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA-5 *化生威物(Α-5) 丙焊酸樹脂溶液1 DA-6 齒化生成物(Α-6) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA-7 齒化生成物(Α-7) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液i DA-8 i化生成物(Α-8) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA-9 *化生成物(A-9) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液i DA-10 i化生成物(A-10) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA-1I _化生咸物(A-11) 丙嫌酸樹脂溶液1 DA-12 齒化生成物(A-12) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA-13 i化生咸物(A-13) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA-14 齒化生成物(A-14) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA-15 i化生成物(A-8) 丙烯酸樹鹿溶液2 DA-16 i化生咸物(A-8) 丙烯酸樹鹿溶液3 DA-17 i化生成物(A-8) 丙烯酸樹蔺溶液4 DC-1 咕噸系化合物(C-1) 丙舜酸樹脂溶液1 DC-2 咭噸系化合物(C—2 ) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1After the mixture was stirred and mixed uniformly, the cerium oxide beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm were dispersed by an IGER mill ("Mini Model M-250 MKII" manufactured by Iger Japan Co., Ltd.) for 5 hours, and then 5.0/zm. The pigment dispersion (DP-1) was prepared by filtration through a vessel. Red micronized pigment 1 (CI pigment red 254) : 1 1. 0 part acrylic resin solution 1: 40.0 parts propylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl ester (PGMAC): 48. 0 resin type dispersant ("KAKA4300" manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan ”: The same applies to the pigment dispersion (DP-1) except that the red fine pigment 1 and the acrylic resin solution 1 are changed to the fine pigment and the acrylic resin solution shown in Table 1. Pigment dispersion (DP-2~11, 14~17). 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 75/108 Page 1003215110-0 201214030 [0005] Table i: Pigment Dispersion 髅 Micronized Pigment Fabric Acrylic Resin Solution DP-1 Red Micronized Pigment 1 Upper Soil ^^ Red 254 Ether Resin Solution 1 DP-2 Red micronized pigment 2 Red 177 Acrylic resin solution 1 DP-3 Decolorized micronized pigment 1 Raw 150 Acrylic deer solution 1 DP-4 Blue micronized pigment 1 Blue 15 : 6 Acrylic resin solution 1 DP - 5 Purple Micro*»Chemical Pigment 1 Alumina Counterfeit Violet 23 Alkyd Resin Solution 1 DP-6 Green Micronized Pigment 1 L·1. Pigment Green 36 Acrylic Resin Solution 1 DP-7 Red Micronized Pigment 3 Red 242 Acrylic resin solution 1 DP-8 Red micro-intelligence pigment 4 Orange 38 Acrylic resin solution 1 DP-9 Red micronized pigment 5 Wide τ - U.·颧 Red 166 4 olefin resin solution 1 DP-10 ^Color micro-face Pigment 6 Soil · gjl Red 220 Acrylic resin solution 1 DP-11 Red mold refining pigment 7 pi. Thin. Red 48: 1 Acrylic resin solution 1 DP-14 Yellow enamel fine pigment 2 C-1.杳150 Acrylic resin solution 1 DP-15 Red micronized pigment 3 -9·1-color ft Red 24 2 Acrylic resin solution 2 DP-16 Red micronized pigment _ material 3 Red 242 Acrylic resin solution 3 DP-17 Red micronized pigment 3 CL pigment red 242 Acrylic resin solution 4 <Resin solution containing functionalized product and containing bismuth Manufacture of Resin Solution of Tons of Compounds> Resin Solution Containing Halogenated Product (DA-i) The following mixture was stirred and mixed uniformly, and then filtered through a filter of 5.0/% to produce a resin solution containing a halogenated product. (DA-1). Halogenated product (A-1) : 11. 0 part acrylic acid resin solution 1: 40. 0 propylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl ester (PGMAC): 49.0 resin solution containing halogenated product (DA-2 to 17) ) Resin solution containing a xanthene-based compound (DC-1, 2) In addition to changing the halogenated product (A-1) to a halogenated product or a xanthene-based compound shown in Table 2-1 below, an acrylic resin is used. A resin solution containing a halogenated product (DA-2 to DA-17) was produced in the same manner as the resin solution (DA-1) containing a halogenated product, except that the solution 1 was changed to the acrylic resin solution shown in Table 2-1. ), and a resin solution (DC-1, DC-2) containing a mocking compound. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 76 / Total 1 Page 8 1003215110-0 201214030 Table 2-1: Resin Solution Containing Colorant Deuterated Salt (A) or Lanthanide Compound Acrylic Solution DA-1 Deuterated (A-1) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA-2 Deuterated salt (A-2) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA-3 Tooth formation product (A-3) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA-4 Product (A-4) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA-5 *Chemicals (Α-5) Propionic acid resin solution 1 DA-6 Tooth formation product (Α-6) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA-7 tooth Chemical product (Α-7) Acrylic resin solution i DA-8 i product (Α-8) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA-9 *Chemical product (A-9) Acrylic resin solution i DA-10 i generation (A-10) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA-1I _Chemical salt (A-11) Acrylic acid solution 1 DA-12 Tooth formation product (A-12) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA-13 i Salty (A-13) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA-14 Tooth formation product (A-14) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA-15 i product (A-8) Acrylic tree deer solution 2 DA-16 i Salty (A-8) Acrylic Deer solution 3 DA-17 i product (A-8) Acrylic tree solution 4 DC-1 xanthene compound (C-1) Propionate resin solution 1 DC-2 xanthene compound (C-2) Acrylic resin solution 1

含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1〜DA2-11)之製作 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1) 將下述混合物攪拌混合均勻後,以5. Oym的過濾器過濾 而製造含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1)。 鹵化生成物(A2-1) : 11. 0部 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 : 40. 0部 丙二醇單乙基醚乙酯(PGMAC) : 49. 0部 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-2〜11) 除了將鹵化生成物(A2-1)變更為下述表2-2所示之鹵化 生成物以外,其他均與含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液 (DA-1)同樣地製作含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-2〜 DA2-11)。 100113570 表單編號A010.1 第77頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 表 2—2 : 含有著色劑 之樹鹿溶液 鹵化生成物(A) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液 DA2-1 鹵化生成物(A2-1) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA2-2 鹵化生成物(A2-2) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA2-3 鹵化生成物(A2-3) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA2—4 鹵化生成物(A2-4) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA2-5 鹵化生成物(A2-5) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA2-6 鹵化生成物(A2-6) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA2-7 鹵化生成物(A2-7) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA2-8 i化生成物(A2-8) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA2-9 鹵化生成物(A2-9) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA2-10 鹵化生成物(A2-10) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 DA2-11 鹵化生成物(A2-11) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 〈藍色、綠色抗蝕劑材料之製造方法〉 藍色抗餘劑材料 將下述混合物攪拌混合均勻後,以1.0 μ m的過濾器過濾 而獲得藍色抗餘劑材料。 顏料分散體(DP-4) : 50. 0部 顏料分散體(DP-5) : 10. 0部 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 :11.0部 三烴甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯 :4. 2部 (新中村化學公司製「NK酯ATMPT」) 光聚合起始劑 :1.2部 (日本千葉公司製「IRGACURE 907」 增感劑(保土谷化學公司製「EAB-F」) :0.4部 乙二醇單甲基醚乙酯 :23.2部 綠色抗蝕劑材料 將下述混合物攪拌混合均勻後,以1. 0/zm的過濾器過濾 而獲得綠色抗餘劑材料。 顏料分散體(DP-6) : 45. 0部 顏料分散體(DP-3) : 15. 0部 100113570 表單編號A0101 第78頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 :U· 0部 :4. 2部 :1. 2 部 :0. 4部 :23. 2部 ·· 3. 8部 :7. 2部 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 三烴甲基丙烷三丙烯酸醋 (新中村化學公司製「NK酯ATMPT」) 光聚合起始劑 (曰本千葉公司製「IRGACURE 907」 增感劑(保土谷化學公司製「Εαβ —ρ」) 乙二醇單甲基醚乙§旨 〈實施例1〜22、比較例1、2&gt;Production of a resin solution (DA2-1 to DA2-11) containing a halogenated product: a resin solution (DA2-1) containing a halogenated product. The following mixture was stirred and mixed uniformly, and then filtered by a filter of 5.0 μm to produce a resin solution. A resin solution (DA2-1) of a halogenated product. Halogenated product (A2-1): 11. 0 part acrylic resin solution 1: 40. 0 part propylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl ester (PGMAC): 49. 0 part resin solution containing halogenated product (DA2-2~11) The halogenated product (A2-1) was changed to the halogenated product shown in the following Table 2-2, and the halogenated product was produced in the same manner as the resin solution (DA-1) containing the halogenated product. Resin solution (DA2-2 to DA2-11). 100113570 Form No. A010.1 Page 77 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 Table 2-1: Halogenated product of the deer solution containing colorant (A) Acrylic resin solution DA2-1 Halogenated product (A2-1) Acrylic acid Resin solution 1 DA2-2 Halogenated product (A2-2) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA2-3 Halogenated product (A2-3) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA2—4 Halogenated product (A2-4) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA2- 5 Halogenated product (A2-5) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA2-6 Halogenated product (A2-6) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA2-7 Halogenated product (A2-7) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA2-8 i chemical product (A2-8) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA2-9 Halogenated product (A2-9) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA2-10 Halogenated product (A2-10) Acrylic resin solution 1 DA2-11 Halogenated product (A2-11) Acrylic Resin Solution 1 <Method for Producing Blue and Green Resist Material> Blue Residual Agent Material The following mixture was stirred and mixed uniformly, and then filtered through a 1.0 μm filter to obtain a blue anti-reagent material. Pigment dispersion (DP-4): 50. 0 pigment dispersion (DP-5): 10. 0 part acrylic resin solution 1: 11.0 trimethylolpropane triacrylate: 4. 2 (Xinzhongcun Chemical "NK ester ATMPT" manufactured by the company) Photopolymerization initiator: 1.2 parts (IRGACURE 907, manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan) Sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.): 0.4 ethylene glycol monomethyl ether Ethyl ester: 23.2 parts of green resist material The following mixture was stirred and mixed uniformly, and then filtered with a filter of 1.0/zm to obtain a green anti-residue material. Pigment dispersion (DP-6): 45. 0 Pigment Dispersion (DP-3) : 15. 0 Part 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 78 / Total 108 Page 1003215110-0 201214030 : U· 0 Part: 4. 2 Parts: 1. 2 Parts: 0. 4 Parts: 23 2 parts·· 3. 8 parts: 7. 2 parts of acrylic resin solution 1 Trimethylolpropane triacrylate vinegar (“NK ester ATMPT” manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by Sakamoto Chiba Co., Ltd.) IRGACURE 907" sensitizer ("Εαβ -ρ" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether B. Examples 1 to 22, Comparative Examples 1, 2 &gt;

實施例1 :著色組成物(DB-1) 〇#ηι的過濾器過濾 將下述混合物攪拌混合均勻後,以5. 而製造混合著色組成物。 含有齒化生成物之樹脂溶液(DH) 顏料分散體(DP-1) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 :40. 〇部 :49· 〇部 、2〜13及 丙二酵早乙基喊乙自旨(PGmac) 實施例2〜22、比較例1、2 :著色組成物〇)B DB2-1〜DB2-11)Example 1: Filtering of coloring composition (DB-1) 〇#ηι The following mixture was stirred and mixed uniformly, and then a mixed coloring composition was produced. Resin solution (DH) containing toothed product (DH) pigment dispersion (DP-1) Acrylic resin solution 1: 40. 〇:49· 〇, 2~13, and propylene glycol early ether shouting from PGmac Examples 2 to 22, Comparative Examples 1, 2: Colored composition 〇) B DB2-1 to DB2-11)

除:將含有減生成物之樹脂溶液(DA_1)變更為下述表3 所示之含有_化生成物之樹脂溶液以外,其他均與著色 組成物(DB-1)同樣地製作著色組成物(DB_2〜13及 PB2-1〜2-11)。其中,顏料分散體(DP —υ係於實施例2 〜22、比較例1、2中,亦與實施例1同樣地固定使用。 &lt;塗膜異物試驗〉 於透明基板上,以乾燥塗膜成為約2. 〇 μ m之方式塗布著 色組成物’於烤箱中,以230°C加熱20分鐘而獲得試驗基 板。利用Olympus系統公司製金屬顯微鏡(「BX60」)進 100113570 表單煸號A0101 第79頁/共1〇8頁 201214030 行乾燥塗膜之表面觀察。倍率設為500倍,採穿透而於任 意五視野,計算可觀測之粒子數。 於下述評估結果中,◎、〇為良好,△為異物多但使用 上不構成問題之層級,X係因異物而發生塗工不均(斑痕 )° ◎:粒子數小於5個 〇:粒子數5個以上、小於20個 △:粒子數20個以上、小於100個 X :粒子數100個以上 於表3 —併記載結果。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第80頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030A coloring composition was prepared in the same manner as the coloring composition (DB-1) except that the resin solution (DA_1) containing the subtractive product was changed to the resin solution containing the chemical conversion product shown in Table 3 below. DB_2~13 and PB2-1~2-11). Among them, the pigment dispersion (DP-oxime) was also used in the same manner as in Example 1 in Examples 2 to 22 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2. <Coating film foreign matter test> Dry film on a transparent substrate The coating composition was applied in an oven at about 2. 〇μm, and heated at 230 ° C for 20 minutes to obtain a test substrate. A metal microscope ("BX60") made by Olympus Systems Inc. was entered into 100113570 Form No. A0101 No. 79 Page/Total 1〇8 页201214030 The surface of the dried coating film is observed. The magnification is set to 500 times, and the number of particles that can be observed is calculated by penetrating and any five fields of view. Among the following evaluation results, ◎ and 〇 are good. △ is a layer with a large amount of foreign matter but does not pose a problem in use, and X is unevenly coated due to foreign matter (spot) ° ◎: The number of particles is less than 5 〇: the number of particles is 5 or more and less than 20 △: number of particles 20 or more and less than 100 X: The number of particles is 100 or more in Table 3 - and the results are described. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 80 / Total 108 Page 1003215110-0 201214030

L0006JL0006J

表3 : 著色组咸 物 含有A,化生成物之樹脂 溶液或含有咕噸系化合 物之樹脂爆液 塗膜異 物 實施例1 DB-1 DA-1 ◎ 實施例2 DB-2 DA-2 ◎ 實施例3 DB-3 DA-3 實施例4 DB-4 DA-4 〇 實施例5 DB-5 DA-5 〇 實施例6 DB-6 DA-6 〇 實施例7 DB-7 DA-7 〇 實施例8 DB-8 DA-8 ◎ 實施例9 DB-9 DA-9 〇 實施例 DB-10 DA-10 △ 實施例11 DB-11 DA-11 △ 實施例12 DB2-1 DA2—1 ◎ 實施例13 DB2-2 DA2-2 實施例14 DB2-3 DA2-3 〇 實施例15 DB2-4 DA2-4 〇 實施例16 DB2-5 DA2-5 △ 實施例17 DB2-6 DA2-6 Δ 實施例18 DB2-7 DA2-7 ◎ 實施倒19 DB2-8 DA2-8 〇 實施例20 DB2-9 DA2-9 〇 實施例21 DB2-I0 DA2-10 △ 實施例22 DB2-11 DA2-11 △ 比較例1 DB2-12 DC—1 X 比較例2 DB2-13 DG-2 XTable 3: Resin solution containing A, chemical product or resin explosive coating film foreign matter containing xanthene compound Example 1 DB-1 DA-1 ◎ Example 2 DB-2 DA-2 ◎ Implementation Example 3 DB-3 DA-3 Example 4 DB-4 DA-4 〇 Example 5 DB-5 DA-5 〇 Example 6 DB-6 DA-6 〇 Example 7 DB-7 DA-7 〇 Example 8 DB-8 DA-8 ◎ Example 9 DB-9 DA-9 〇 Example DB-10 DA-10 △ Example 11 DB-11 DA-11 △ Example 12 DB2-1 DA2 - 1 ◎ Example 13 DB2-2 DA2-2 Example 14 DB2-3 DA2-3 〇 Example 15 DB2-4 DA2-4 〇 Example 16 DB2-5 DA2-5 △ Example 17 DB2-6 DA2-6 Δ Example 18 DB2 -7 DA2-7 ◎ Implementation of inverted 19 DB2-8 DA2-8 〇 Example 20 DB2-9 DA2-9 〇 Example 21 DB2-I0 DA2-10 △ Example 22 DB2-11 DA2-11 △ Comparative Example 1 DB2 -12 DC—1 X Comparative Example 2 DB2-13 DG-2 X

使用鹵化生成物(A)時,於基板評估中為異物(未溶解異 物)少的結果,使用咕噸系化合物(C-l、C-2)時為異物 非常多的結果。由此可知,比起有機合成地轉換咕嘲系 化合物之置換基,鹵化生成物帶來較良好的結果。 再者,鹵化生成物為包含式(1-1)之四級銨鹽化合物之鹵 化生成物時,該陽離子部分之四級銨鹽部分之烷基鏈係 與實施例1〜9相比較,實施例10係C數(碳數)5以上之烷 基鏈僅有1個,實施例11係4個均烷基鏈之C數小於5,因 100113570 表單編號A0101 第81頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 此實施例10、11雖可容許,但與實施例1〜9比較時,則 結果稍差。結果,四級銨鹽部分係C數5〜20之鏈宜在2條 以上。 〈實施例2 3〜3 5、比較例3〜5 &gt; 實施例23 :抗蝕劑材料(R-1) /z m的過遽器過濾 (合計60. 0部) :21. 0部 :3 9. 0 部 :11. 0 部 :4. 2 部 :1. 2 部 將下述混合物攪拌混合均勻後,以1 而獲得鹼顯影型抗蝕劑材料(R-1)。 著色劑分散體 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-1) 顏料分散體(DP-1 ) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 三烴甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯 (新中村化學公司製「NK酯ATMPT」) 光聚合起始劑 (日本千葉公司製「IRGACURE 907」 0. 4部 :2 3. 2部 增感劑(保土谷化學公司製「EAB-F」) 乙二醇單甲基醚乙酯 實施例2 4〜3 5、比較例3〜5 :抗姓劑材料(R - 2〜R -16) 除了將著色劑分散體改變為表4-1所示之著色劑分散體( 顏料分散體、含有i化生成物之樹脂溶液或含有咕噸系 化合物之樹脂溶液)之種類及調配量以外,其他均與抗蝕 劑材料(R -1 )同樣地獲得驗顯影型抗钮劑材料(R - 2〜R -16)。於抗蝕劑材料係同時使用兩種或其以上之著色劑分 散體(顏料分散體、含有i化生成物之樹脂溶液或含有咕 噸系化合物之樹脂溶液),但著色劑分散體之總量係於所 有抗#劑材料為6 0部。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第82頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030When the halogenated product (A) was used, the foreign matter (undissolved foreign matter) was small in the evaluation of the substrate, and when the xanthene-based compound (C-1, C-2) was used, the foreign matter was extremely large. From this, it was found that the halogenated product brought about a good result as compared with the substitution of the organically synthesized cyclamate compound. Further, when the halogenated product is a halogenated product containing the quaternary ammonium salt compound of the formula (1-1), the alkyl chain system of the quaternary ammonium salt portion of the cationic portion is compared with Examples 1 to 9 In Example 10, there is only one alkyl chain having a C number (carbon number) of 5 or more, and the C number of the four alkylene chains of Example 11 is less than 5, since 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 81 / 108 pages 1003215110- 0 201214030 Although the examples 10 and 11 are tolerable, when compared with the examples 1 to 9, the results are slightly inferior. As a result, the chain of the quaternary ammonium salt is preferably two or more chains having a C number of 5 to 20. <Example 2 3 to 3 5, Comparative Example 3 to 5 &gt; Example 23: Filter of the resist material (R-1) / zm by a filter (total of 60. 0 parts): 21. 0 parts: 3 9. 0 parts: 11. 0 parts: 4. 2 parts: 1. 2 parts The following mixture was stirred and mixed uniformly, and the alkali-developable resist material (R-1) was obtained by 1. Resin solution containing a halogenated product (DA-1) Pigment dispersion (DP-1) Acrylic resin solution 1 Trimethylolpropane triacrylate ("NK ester ATMPT" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization Starting agent (IRGACURE 907, manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan) Part 4: 2 3. Two sensitizers ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether ethyl ester Example 2 4 ~3 5. Comparative Examples 3 to 5: Anti-surname materials (R-2 to R-16) In addition to changing the colorant dispersion to the colorant dispersion shown in Table 4-1 (pigment dispersion, containing i In addition to the type and amount of the resin solution of the product or the resin solution containing the xanthene compound, the other development resist type resist material (R - 2 to R) was obtained in the same manner as the resist material (R -1 ). -16). Two or more colorant dispersions (pigment dispersion, resin solution containing i-formation product or resin solution containing xanthene-based compound) are simultaneously used in the resist material, but the colorant is dispersed. The total amount of the body is 60 parts of all anti-agent materials. 100113570 Form No. A0101 No. 82 / Total 108 201 214 030 1003215110-0

LUUUYJ Ο 表 4-1 : 抗蝕 劑材 料 抗姓劑材料1 卜之著色剤分散體之調配量 含有著色 劑之樹脂 溶液 (著色劑分 散體) 調配量 著色劑 分散逋 調配量 著色制 分散禮 調配量 實施例23 R-1 DA-1 21部 DP-1 39部 _ _ 實施例24 實施例25 R-2 DA—2 21部 DP-1 39部 — —. R-3 DA-3 21部 DP-1 39部 — 實施例26 R-4 DA-4 21部 DP-1 39部 — 實施例27 R-5 DA-5 21部 DP-1 39部 — 一 實施例28 R-6 DA-6 21部 DP-1 39部 — 一 實施例29 R- 7 DA-7 21部 DP-1 39部 — _ 實施例:j〇 R—8 DA-8 21部 DP-1 39部 — 一 實施例31 R-9 DA-9 21部 DP’l 39部 — — 實施例32 R-10 DA-1 21部 DP-1 39部 — 實施例33 R-11 DA-1 21部 DP-1 39部 一 一 實施例34 R-12 DA-1 12部 DP-1 36部 DP-2 12部 貫施例35 R-13 DA-1 30部 DP-1 21部 Ό¥~3 9部 比較例3 R-14 DC-10 21部 DP-1 39部 - — 比較例4 R-15 DC-10 21部 DP-1 39部 — — 比較例5 R-16 DP-12 30部 DP-1 30部 — - 〈實施例36〜41 :抗蝕劑材料(R-17〜R-22)LUUUYJ Ο Table 4-1 : Resist material anti-surname material 1 Bud color 剤 Dispersion blending amount Resin solution containing colorant (colorant dispersion) Dispensing amount Colorant dispersion 逋 Dispensing amount Coloring Dispersing ceremony Example 23 R-1 DA-1 21 part DP-1 39 parts _ _ Example 24 Example 25 R-2 DA-2 21 parts DP-1 39 parts — —. R-3 DA-3 21 parts DP -1 Part 39 - Example 26 R-4 DA-4 Part 21 DP-1 Part 39 - Example 27 R-5 DA-5 Part 21 DP-1 Part 39 - One Example 28 R-6 DA-6 21 Part DP-1 39 - Example 29 R- 7 DA-7 21 DP-1 39 - _ Example: j〇R-8 DA-8 21 DP-1 39 - Example 31 R -9 DA-9 21 DP'l 39--Example 32 R-10 DA-1 21 DP-1 39--Example 33 R-11 DA-1 21 DP-1 39-part implementation Example 34 R-12 DA-1 12 DP-1 36 DP-2 12 Part 35 R-13 DA-1 30 DP-1 21 Ό¥~3 9 Comparative Example 3 R-14 DC -10 21 parts DP-1 39 parts - - Comparative example 4 R-15 DC-10 21 parts DP-1 39 parts - Comparative example 5 R-16 DP-12 30 parts DP-1 30 parts - - Example 36~ 41: resist material (R-17~R-22)

除了將實施例32之丙烯酸樹脂溶液1改變為丙烯酸樹脂溶 液2、3、4以外,其他均與抗蝕劑材料(R_l〇)同樣地分 別獲得鹼顯影型抗蝕劑材料R-17、R-18、R-19。進而將 實施例33之丙烯酸樹脂溶液1改變為丙烯酸樹脂溶液2、3 、4以外,與抗蝕劑材料(R_U)同樣地分別獲得鹼顯影型 抗蝕劑材料R-20、R-21、R-22。 〈實施例42〜54、比較例6、7(R2-1〜R2-15)〉 實施例42 :抗蝕劑材料(R2-1) 將下述混合物擾拌混合均勻後,以1. 〇 // m的過濾器過渡 而獲得鹼顯影型抗蝕劑材料(R2-1) » 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1) : 21. 〇部 顏料分散體(DP-1) : 39. 0部 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 :11.0部 100113570 表單編號A0101 第83頁/共108頁An alkali-developing resist material R-17, R- was obtained in the same manner as the resist material (R_l〇) except that the acrylic resin solution 1 of Example 32 was changed to the acrylic resin solutions 2, 3, and 4. 18, R-19. Further, in the same manner as the resist material (R_U), the alkali-developing resist materials R-20, R-21, and R were obtained, respectively, except that the acrylic resin solution 1 of Example 33 was changed to the acrylic resin solutions 2, 3, and 4. -twenty two. <Examples 42 to 54 and Comparative Examples 6 and 7 (R2-1 to R2-15)> Example 42: Resist material (R2-1) The following mixture was mixed and mixed uniformly, and then 1. 〇/ / m filter transition to obtain alkali-developed resist material (R2-1) » Resin solution containing halogenated product (DA2-1): 21. Partial pigment dispersion (DP-1) : 39. 0 Acrylic resin solution 1: 11.0 part 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 83 of 108

201214030 三烴甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯 4. 2部 (新中村化學公司製「NK酯ATMPT」) 光聚合起始劑 1. 2部201214030 Trihydrocarbylmethylpropane triacrylate 4. Part 2 ("NK ester ATMPT" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization initiator 1. 2

(日本千葉公司製「IRGACURE 907」 增感劑(保土谷化學公司製「EAB-F :0 · 4 部 乙二醇單曱基醚乙酯 :23.2部 實施例43〜54 除了將著色劑分散體改變為表4-2所示之著色劑分散體( 顏料分散體、含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液或含有咕噸系 化合物之樹脂溶液)之種類及調配量以外,其他均與抗蝕 劑材料(R2-1)同樣地獲得鹼顯影型抗蝕劑材料(R2-2〜 R2-15)。於抗蝕劑材料係同時使用兩種或其以上之著色 劑分散體(顏料分散體、含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液或含 有咕嘲系化合物之樹脂溶液),但著色劑分散體之總量係 於所有抗蝕劑材料為60部。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第84頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 iwm\ ο 表 4-2 : 抗蝕 劑材 料 抗蝕劑身料i 卜之著色劑分散體之調配量 含有著色 劑之樹脂 溶液 (著色劑分 散體) 調配量 著色劑 分散兹 調配量 著色劑 分散體 調配量 女施例42 R2-1 DA2-1 31部 DP-1 29部 一 實施例43 R2-2 DA2-2 27部 DP 1 33部 _ 實施例h R2-3 DA2-3 23部 DP-1 37部 _ _ 實施例45 R2-4 ΏΑ2-4 18部 DP-1 42部 一 _ 實施例46 R2-5 DA2-5 27部 DP-1 33部 一 一 實施例47 R2-6 DA2-6 23部 DP 1 37部 __ 實施例48 R2-7 DA2-7 18部 DP-1 42部 一 _ 實施例49 R2-8 DA2-8 15部 DP-1 45部 食施例50 R2-9 DA2-9 24部 DP-1 36部 _ 實施例51 R2-10 DA2-10 19部 DP-1 41部 一. 一 寊施例52 R2-11 DA2-11 15部 DP-1 45部 _ _ 實施例53 R2-12 PA2-8 24部 DP-1 29# DP-2 7部 實施倒54 R2-13 DA2-8 36部 DP-1 21部 DP-3 3部 比較例.6 R2-14 DC-1 12部 DP-1 48部 _ 比較例7 R2-I5 DC-2 9部 DP-1 51部 — - 實施例55〜60 :抗蝕劑材料(R2-16〜R2-21) ❹ 除了將實施例51之丙烯酸樹脂溶液1改變為丙烯酸樹脂溶 液2、3、4以外,其他均與抗蝕劑材料(R2_1〇)同樣地分 別獲得鹼顯影型抗餘劑材料R2-16、R2-17、R2-18。進 而將實施例52之丙烯酸樹脂溶液1改變為丙烯酸樹脂溶液 2、3、4以外,與抗蝕劑材料同樣地分別獲得鹼 顯影型抗姓劑材料R2-19、R2-20、R2-21。 〈抗蝕劑材料之評估〉 採下述方法進行抗餘劑材料(R-1〜22及R2-1〜R2-21) 之塗膜之色度、異物、财熱性、耐光性及财溶劑性之各 試驗。於表5-1及5-2表示試驗結果。 塗膜異物試驗 於透明基板上,以乾燥塗膜成為約2. 5 之方式塗布著 色組成物,於烤箱中,以230 C加熱20分鐘而獲得評估基 100113570 表單編號A0101 第85頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 板。利用Olympus系統公司製金屬顯微鏡(「BX60」)進 行乾燥塗膜之表面觀察。倍率設為5〇〇倍,採穿透而於任 意五視野,計算可觀測之粒子數。於下述評估結果中, ◎ '〇為良好,△為異物多但使用上不構成問題之層級 ,X係因異物而發生塗工不均。 ◎:粒子數小於5個 〇:粒子數5個以上、小於2〇個 △:粒子數20個以上、小於ι00個 X :粒子數100個以上 於表5-1及表5-2表示結果。 色彩特性評估 於玻璃基板上,將抗蝕劑材料塗布成在c光源下成為 \=0.64〇1 = 〇.315之膜厚。將該基板以23〇。(:歷經2〇分 鐘加熱。其後,以顯微分光光度計(〇 1 ympus光學公司製 「OSP-SP200」)測定所獲得基板之亮度(γ)。 於表5-1及表5-2表示結果。 塗膜耐熱性試驗 dium 於透明基板上,將抗蝴材料塗布為乾燥 ,中介具有特定圖案之光罩進行紫外線曝光後 霧其來噴魏顯影液,去除未硬化部分,形成所需圖案 。其後,於烤箱内,以23(rc加熱2G分鐘,放冷後,利用 顯微分光光度計(01ympus光學公司製「〇sp、奶⑽、 ,測定所獲得塗膜在C光源下之色差UL*⑴、a*⑴」/ b*(l))進而於其後’作為耐熱試驗而於烤箱内,以 2邮加熱丨小時,測定源下之色度2(l气 、b*(2))。 … 100113570(IRGACURE 907, a sensitizer manufactured by Chiba Corporation, Japan) "EAB-F: 0. 4 ethylene glycol monodecyl ether ethyl ester: 23.2 Examples 43 to 54 except for the colorant dispersion Changed to the type and amount of the colorant dispersion (the pigment dispersion, the resin solution containing the halogenated product or the resin solution containing the xanthene compound) shown in Table 4-2, and the other is the resist material ( R2-1) An alkali-developing resist material (R2-2 to R2-15) is obtained in the same manner. Two or more colorant dispersions (pigment dispersions, containing halogenation generation) are simultaneously used in the resist material system. a resin solution or a resin solution containing a ruthenium compound, but the total amount of the colorant dispersion is 60 parts for all resist materials. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 84 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 iwm \ ο Table 4-2: Resist material Resist body material i Dispensing agent dispersion amount Resin solution containing colorant (colorant dispersion) Formulation amount Colorant dispersing amount of colorant dispersion Dosing amount Example 42 R2-1 DA2-1 Part 31 DP-1 29 Part One Embodiment 43 R2-2 DA2-2 27 Part DP 1 Part 33 _ Example h R2-3 DA2-3 Part 23 DP-1 37 Part _ _ Example 45 R2-4 ΏΑ2-4 18 parts DP-1 42 part one_Example 46 R2-5 DA2-5 27 part DP-1 33 part one embodiment 47 R2-6 DA2-6 23 part DP 1 37 __ Example 48 R2-7 DA2-7 18 DP-1 42 Part 1 - Example 49 R2-8 DA2-8 15 DP-1 45 Dietary Example 50 R2-9 DA2-9 24 DP -1 36 parts_Example 51 R2-10 DA2-10 19 parts DP-1 41 part one. One example 52 R2-11 DA2-11 15 parts DP-1 45 parts _ _ Example 53 R2-12 PA2 -8 24 DP-1 29# DP-2 7-part implementation 54 R2-13 DA2-8 36 DP-1 21 DP-3 3 Comparison Example. 6 R2-14 DC-1 12 DP-1 48 parts _ Comparative Example 7 R2-I5 DC-2 9 parts DP-1 51 parts - - Examples 55 to 60: Resist material (R2-16 to R2-21) ❹ In addition to the acrylic resin solution of Example 51 In the same manner as the resist material (R2_1〇), the alkali developing type anti-residual materials R2-16, R2-17, and R2-18 were obtained, respectively, except that the acrylic resin solutions 2, 3, and 4 were changed. Further, the acrylic resin solution 1 of Example 52 was changed to the acrylic resin solutions 2, 3, and 4, and alkali-developing anti-surname materials R2-19, R2-20, and R2-21 were obtained in the same manner as the resist materials, respectively. <Evaluation of Resist Material> The chromaticity, foreign matter, heat, light resistance, and solvent solubility of the coating materials of the anti-residue materials (R-1 to 22 and R2-1 to R2-21) were measured by the following methods. Each test. The test results are shown in Tables 5-1 and 5-2. The coating film foreign matter was tested on a transparent substrate, and the coloring composition was applied in a manner of drying the coating film to about 2.5. In an oven, heating at 230 C for 20 minutes to obtain an evaluation base 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 85 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 board. The surface of the dried coating film was observed using a metal microscope ("BX60") manufactured by Olympus Systems. The magnification is set to 5 times, and the number of particles that can be observed is calculated by penetrating and taking any five fields of view. Among the following evaluation results, ◎ '〇 is good, △ is a foreign matter, but it does not pose a problem in use, and X is unevenly coated due to foreign matter. ◎: The number of particles is less than 5 〇: The number of particles is 5 or more and less than 2 Δ: The number of particles is 20 or more and less than 10 00 X: The number of particles is 100 or more The results are shown in Table 5-1 and Table 5-2. Evaluation of color characteristics On a glass substrate, the resist material was applied to have a film thickness of \=0.64 〇1 = 〇.315 under a c light source. The substrate was 23 Å. (: Heating was performed for 2 minutes. Thereafter, the brightness (γ) of the obtained substrate was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by y1 ympus Optics Co., Ltd.). Table 5-1 and Table 5-2 The results are shown. The film heat resistance test dium is applied on a transparent substrate, and the anti-butter material is coated as a dry film, and a mask having a specific pattern is interposed to perform ultraviolet exposure, and then spray the Wei developer to remove the unhardened portion to form a desired pattern. Then, in the oven, after heating for 2 G minutes at 23 rc, after cooling, the color difference of the obtained coating film under C light source was measured by a microscopic spectrophotometer (manuscript sp, milk (10), manufactured by 01ympus Optics Co., Ltd.). UL*(1), a*(1)"/b*(l)) and then in the oven as a heat-resistance test, heated by 2 mail for 2 hours, measuring the chromaticity of the source 2 (l gas, b*(2) )). ... 100113570

表單編號A0UU 第86頁/共108 頁 1003215110-0 201214030 利用測定之色差值,藉由下述計算式算出色差A Eab*, 採下述4階段評估塗膜之耐熱性。 AEab*=^((L*(2)-L*(l))2+(a*(2)-a*(l))2-Kb*(2)-b*(l))2) ◎ : AEab木小於1. 5 〇:AEab*為1. 5以上、小於3. 0 △ : AEab*為3. 0以上、小於5. 0 X : △ Eab*為5. 0以上 於表5-1及表5-2表示結果。 塗膜耐光性試驗Form No. A0UU Page 86 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 The color difference A Eab* was calculated by the following calculation formula using the measured color difference value, and the heat resistance of the coating film was evaluated in the following four stages. AEab*=^((L*(2)-L*(l))2+(a*(2)-a*(l))2-Kb*(2)-b*(l))2) ◎ The AEab is less than 1. 5 〇: AEab* is 1. 5 or more, less than 3. 0 △ : AEab* is 3. 0 or more, less than 5. 0 X : △ Eab* is 5. 0 or more in Table 5-1 And Table 5-2 shows the results. Film coating light resistance test

採用與塗膜耐熱性試驗相同的程序製作試驗用基板,利 用顯微分光光度計(Olympus光學公司製「〇SP - SP200 」)測定C光源下之色度1(L*(1)、a*(i)、b*(l))。其 後’將基板放入耐光性試驗機(T0Y0SEIKI公司製「 SUNTEST CPS+」),放置500小時。取出基板後,測定c 光源下之色度2(L*(2)、a*(2)、b*(2)),與塗膜耐熱 性試驗同樣地算出色差AEab*,依據與耐熱性相同的基 準評估塗膜之耐光性。 於表5-1及表5-2表示結果。 塗膜耐溶劑性試驗 採用與对熱性試驗相同的程序製作試驗用基板,利用顯 微分光光度計(Olympus光學公司製「〇sp_sP200」)測 定C光源下之色度1(L*(1)、a*(l)、b*(i))。其後,將 基板浸泡於N-曱基础喀烷酮。取出基板後,測定c光源下 之色度2(L*(2)、a*(2) ' b*(2)),與塗膜耐熱性試驗 同樣地算出色差AEab*,依據與耐熱性相同的基準評估 塗膜之耐溶劑性。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第87頁/共108頁 ιηι 201214030 於表5_1及表5_2表不結果。 表 5-1 : 抗蝕劑 材料 X y Y (亮度) 塗膜 異物 耐熱 性 耐光 性 耐溶 劑性 實施例23 R-1 0.640 0.315 20.2 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例24 R-2 0.640 0.315 20.0 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例25 R-3 0.640 0.315 20.1 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例26 R-4 0.640 0315 19.5 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例27 R-5 0.640 0.315 19.1 〇 〇 0 〇 實施例28 R-6 0.640 0.315 19.0 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例29 R-7 0.640 0.315 18.9 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例30 R-8 0.640 0.315 20.0 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例31 R-9 0.640 0.315 19.4 〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例32 R—10 0.640 0.315 20.1 Δ ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施娜 R-11 0.640 0.315 19.9 Δ ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例34 R-12 0.640 0.315 19.2 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例35 R-13 0.640 0.315 19.1 〇 △ Δ Δ 實施例36 R-17 0.640 0.315 20.1 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例37 R-18 0.640 0.315 20.1 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例38 R-19 0.640 0315 20.1 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例39 R-20 0.640 0.315 19.9 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例40 R-21 0.640 0.315 19.9 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例41 R-22 0.640 0.315 19.9 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 比較例3 R—14 0.640 0.315 19.8 X 〇 〇 〇 比較例4 R-15 0.640 0.315 19.2 X △ △ Δ 比較例5 R-16 0.640 0.315 18.1 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 100113570 表單編號A0101 第88頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 L_9」 Ο 表 5-2 :The test substrate was prepared by the same procedure as the film heat resistance test, and the chromaticity 1 under the C light source (L*(1), a* was measured by a microscopic spectrophotometer ("SP-SP200" manufactured by Olympus Optics Co., Ltd.). (i), b*(l)). Thereafter, the substrate was placed in a light resistance tester ("SunTEST CPS+" manufactured by T0Y0SEIKI Co., Ltd.), and left for 500 hours. After the substrate was taken out, the chromaticity 2 (L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)) under the c-light source was measured, and the color difference AEab* was calculated in the same manner as the coating film heat resistance test, and the heat resistance was the same. The benchmark evaluates the lightfastness of the film. The results are shown in Table 5-1 and Table 5-2. The solvent resistance test of the coating film was carried out by the same procedure as in the heat test, and the chromaticity 1 under the C light source was measured by a microscopic spectrophotometer ("sp_sP200" manufactured by Olympus Optical Co., Ltd.) (L*(1), a*(l), b*(i)). Thereafter, the substrate was immersed in N-quinone-based carbitol. After the substrate was taken out, the chromaticity 2 (L*(2), a*(2)'b*(2)) under the c-light source was measured, and the color difference AEab* was calculated in the same manner as the coating film heat resistance test, and the heat resistance was the same. The benchmark evaluates the solvent resistance of the film. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 87 of 108 ιηι 201214030 Table 5_1 and Table 5_2 show the results. Table 5-1: Resist material X y Y (brightness) Coating film foreign matter heat resistance Light resistance Solvent resistance Example 23 R-1 0.640 0.315 20.2 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 24 R-2 0.640 0.315 20.0 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 25 R-3 0.640 0.315 20.1 ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 26 R-4 0.640 0315 19.5 〇〇〇〇 Example 27 R-5 0.640 0.315 19.1 〇〇0 〇 Example 28 R-6 0.640 0.315 19.0 〇 Example 29 R-7 0.640 0.315 18.9 〇〇〇〇 Example 30 R-8 0.640 0.315 20.0 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 31 R-9 0.640 0.315 19.4 〇〇〇〇 Example 32 R-10 0.640 0.315 20.1 Δ ◎ ◎ ◎ 实施 Na R-11 0.640 0.315 19.9 Δ ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 34 R-12 0.640 0.315 19.2 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 35 R-13 0.640 0.315 19.1 〇 Δ Δ Δ Example 36 R-17 0.640 0.315 20.1 〇 ◎ ◎ 例 Example 37 R-18 0.640 0.315 20.1 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 38 R-19 0.640 0315 20.1 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 39 R-20 0.640 0.315 19.9 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 40 R- 21 0.640 0.315 19.9 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ Real Example 41 R-22 0.640 0.315 19.9 ◎ ◎ ◎ Comparative Example 3 R-14 0.640 0.315 19.8 X 〇〇〇 Comparative Example 4 R-15 0.640 0.315 19.2 X △ Δ Δ Comparative Example 5 R-16 0.640 0.315 18.1 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 88/108 List 1003215110-0 201214030 L_9” Ο Table 5-2:

實施制 52 H7-ir 0.640 0:315 TolTImplementation system 52 H7-ir 0.640 0:315 TolT

實施例23〜34、36〜41之抗蝕劑材料、14〜 19)之耐光性良好。又,實施例35之抗蝕劑材料(r_i3) 之色彩特性良好,結果耐熱性、耐光性、耐溶劑性稍差 ,但用於彩色濾光片在品質上不構成問題。又,實施例 42〜60之抗蝕劑材料— 、R2_16〜R2 2i) Ο 之耐光性亦良好。 相對於此,比較例3、4、6、7之抗蝕劑材料(R-14、R_ 15、R2-14、R2-15)之異物多,難以使用。與實施例23 〜41及實施例4 2〜6 0相比較,比較例5之抗餘劑材料 (R-16)之亮度(Y)較低。 又,從實施例36〜41之抗蝕劑材料(R-17〜R-22)及實施 例55-60(R2-16〜R2-21)之結果可知,藉由使用具有乙 烯性不飽和雙重結合之活性能量線硬化樹脂,可更減低 塗膜異物。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第89頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 〈實施例61〜98、比較例8〜12&gt; 實施例61 :彩色濾光片(CF-1 )及潘a B .. u叹戍晶顯示裝置之製作 於色遽光片 於彩色基板上,將黑矩陣予以圖案加卫,於該基板上, 以旋轉塗布機塗布紅色抗_材料(Μ),塗布為會成為 X = 〇.64G、y = G.315之膜厚,形成著色被膜。於該塗膜, 中介光罩而利用超高屋水銀燈照射3_j/cm2之紫外線。 接著,藉由G.2重量%碳酸財•所組成輯顯影液進 行喷霧絲㈣光部分後,㈣子交換水洗淨, 以230°C將該基板加熱20分鐘,形成紅色遽光片區段。藉 由同樣方法,分別塗布綠色抗蝕劑材料,塗布為會成為 x-0.300、y = 0.600之膜厚,利用藍色抗蝕劑材料,塗布 為會成為χ = 0· 150、y = 〇. 060之膜厚,形成綠色濾光片區 段、藍色濾、光片區段,獲得彩色濾光片(Cf-1)。 液晶顯示裝置 於所獲得的RGB之彩色滤光片上,形成Iτο透明電極板, 於其上形成聚醯亞胺配向層。於該玻璃基板之另一表面 形成偏光板。另,於別的(第2)玻璃基板之一表面形成 TFT陣列及像素電極,於另一表面形成偏光板。如此,令 準備好之2個玻璃基板對向配置為電極層彼此面對面,利 用間隔珠,一面將兩基板之間隔保持在一定’一面進行 位置對齊,留下液晶組成物注入用開口部而利用密封劑 密封周圍。從開口部注入液晶組成物後’密封開口部。 將如此製作之液晶顯示裝置與背光單元之3波長CCFL光源 組合,製作成彩色顯示裝置。 實施例6 2〜7 9、比較例8〜1 〇 100113570 表單、编號A0101 第90頁/共108頁 1〇〇3 201214030 除了將紅色抗蝕劑材料取代為表6-1所示之紅色抗蝕劑材 料以外,其他均藉由與實施例61同樣的方法,製作實施 例62〜79、比較例8〜10之彩色濾光片(CF-2〜CF-22) 及彩色顯示裝置。 實施例80〜98、比較例11〜12 除了將紅色抗姓劑材料取代為表6 - 2所示之紅色抗餘劑材 料以外,其他均藉由與實施例61同樣的方法,製作實施 例80〜98、比較例11〜12之彩色濾光片(CF2-1〜 CF2-21)及彩色顯示裝置。 〇 於實施例61〜98、比較例8〜12所獲得的彩色顯示裝置, 令光源發光,顯示彩色圖像,以顯微分光光度計 (Olympus光學公司製「OSP-SP200」)測定各色濾光片 區段部分之亮度。於表6-1及6-2表示結果。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第91頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 100113570 表 6-1 : 彩色濾 紅色抗蝕 濾光片區段之亮度 白色顯示 光片 劑材料 紅色 綠色 藍色 之亮度 宭旅Μ 61 CF-1 R-1 202 59.2 6.1 28.5 眘癡《 CF-2 R-2 2W 59.2 6.1 28.5 宭戚铜63 CF-3 R-3 20.0 59.2 6.1 28.4 眘族树64 CF-4 R-4 19.5 59.2 6.1 28.3 會施例65 CF-5 R-5 19.1 59.2 6.1 28.1 音族彻66 CF-6 R-6 19.0 592 6.1 28.1 宭咸彻67 CF-7 R-7 18.9 59.2 6.1 28.1 眚族.Μ 68 CF-8 R-8 20.0 59.2 6.1 28.4 奢癡《 69 CF- 9 R-9 19.4 59.2 6.1 28.2 宭威#! 70 CF-10 R-10 20.1 592 6.1 28.5 眘戚彻71 CF-11 R-11 19.9 592 6.1 28.4 音癥彻 72 CF-12 R-12 19.2 59.2 6.1 28.2 73 CF-13 R-13 19.1 59.2 6.1 28,1 74 CF-17 Κ-17 20.1 59.2 6.1 28.5 宭威《 75 CF -18 R-18 20.1 59.2 6.1 28.5 宭婊键76 CF-19 R-19 20J 59.2 6.1 28.5 宭漆.彻77 CF-20 R-20 19.9 59.2 6.1 28.4 音囊彻78 CF - 21 R-21 19.9 59.2 6.1 28.4 膂祐.Μ 79 CF-22 R-22 19.9 59.2 6.1 28.4 比較例8 CF-14 R-14 19.8 59.2 6.1 28,4 比較例9 CF-15 R-15 19.2 59.2 6.1 28.2 比較例10 CF-16 R-16 18.1 59.2 6.1 27.8 表單編號A0101 第92頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 彩色濾 光片 紅色抗蝕 劑材料 濾光片區段之亮度 白色顯示 之亮度 紅色 綠色 藍色 眚癡Μ 80 CF2-1 R2-1 20.2 59.2 6.2 28.5 音族你I 81 CF2-2 R2-2 20.1 59.2 6,2 28.5 眘威似82 CF2-3 R2-3 20.0 592 6,2 28.5 眘_癥钿 CF2-4 R2-4 20.2 59.2 62 28.5 奢蘇.彻84 CF2-5 R2-5 20.0 59.2 62 28.5 宭故彻85 CF2-6 R2-6 20.1 59.2 6.2 28*5 86 CF2-7 R2-7 19.5 59.2 6,2 28.3 會施例87 CF2-8 R2-8 18.9 59.2 6.2 28.1 宭渝樹88 CF2-9 R2-9 19.1 59.2 6.2 28,2 奢癡钿89 CF2-10 R2-10 19.0 59.2 6.2 28.1 奁族彻90 CF2-11 R2-11 19-4 59.2 6.2 28,3 眘你.你丨91 CF2-12 R2-12 19.0 59.2 6,2 28.1 音换.彻Q2 CF2-13 R2-13 19.1 59.2 6.2 28.2 奢婊制'奶 CF2-14 R2-16 20.0 59.2 6.2 28.5 奢换.Μ 94 CE2-15 R2-I7 20.1 59.2 6.2 28.5 奢膝.似Μ CF2-16 R2-18 20.0 59.2 62 28.5 96 CF2-17 R2-19 18.9 59.2 62 28.1 眘族制97 CF2-18 R2-20 18.9 59.2 6.2 28J 奢威M 9S OF2-19 R2-21 18.8 59.2 6.2 28.1 比較例11 CT2-20 R2-14 20.1 59.2 6.2 28.5 比較例12 CF2-21 R2-15 19.5 59.2 6,2 28.3 L0010」 ^6~2:The resist materials of Examples 23 to 34 and 36 to 41 and 14 to 19) were excellent in light resistance. Further, the resist material (r_i3) of Example 35 had good color characteristics, and as a result, heat resistance, light resistance, and solvent resistance were slightly inferior, but the color filter did not pose a problem in quality. Further, the resist materials of Examples 42 to 60 - R2_16 to R2 2i) were also excellent in light resistance. On the other hand, the resist materials (R-14, R-15, R2-14, and R2-15) of Comparative Examples 3, 4, 6, and 7 have many foreign matters and are difficult to use. The luminance (Y) of the anti-reagent material (R-16) of Comparative Example 5 was lower than that of Examples 23 to 41 and Example 4 2 to 60. Further, from the results of the resist materials (R-17 to R-22) of Examples 36 to 41 and Examples 55 to 60 (R2-16 to R2-21), it is understood that the use of the ethylenic unsaturated double Combined with the active energy ray hardening resin, the foreign matter of the coating film can be further reduced. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 89/108 List 1003215110-0 201214030 <Examples 61 to 98, Comparative Examples 8 to 12> Example 61: Color filter (CF-1) and Pan a B .. u sigh The crystal display device is fabricated on a color substrate on a color substrate, and the black matrix is patterned. On the substrate, a red anti-material (Μ) is applied by a spin coater, and the coating is X = 〇.64G. , y = G.315 film thickness, forming a color film. In the coating film, an ultraviolet ray of 3 mm/cm 2 was irradiated with a super high-rise mercury lamp by interposing a photomask. Next, the sprayed silk (four) light portion was prepared by a developer solution of G.2% by weight of carbonic acid, and then (iv) sub-exchange water was washed, and the substrate was heated at 230 ° C for 20 minutes to form a red calender sheet section. . By applying the green resist material in the same manner, the coating is applied to have a film thickness of x-0.300 and y = 0.600, and the blue resist material is coated to have χ = 0·150, y = 〇. The film thickness of 060 forms a green filter segment, a blue filter, and a light film segment, and a color filter (Cf-1) is obtained. The liquid crystal display device forms an Iτο transparent electrode plate on the obtained RGB color filter, and a polyimine alignment layer is formed thereon. A polarizing plate is formed on the other surface of the glass substrate. Further, a TFT array and a pixel electrode were formed on one surface of the other (second) glass substrate, and a polarizing plate was formed on the other surface. In this way, the two glass substrates that are prepared are disposed so that the electrode layers face each other, and the spacers are used to position the two substrates while maintaining a certain distance therebetween, leaving the liquid crystal composition injection opening portion and sealing. The agent seals around. After the liquid crystal composition is injected from the opening, the opening is sealed. The liquid crystal display device thus fabricated was combined with a three-wavelength CCFL light source of a backlight unit to fabricate a color display device. Example 6 2 to 7 9. Comparative Example 8 to 1 〇100113570 Form, No. A0101 Page 90 of 108 〇〇1 201214030 In addition to replacing the red resist material with the red resistance shown in Table 6-1 The color filters (CF-2 to CF-22) of Examples 62 to 79 and Comparative Examples 8 to 10 and the color display device were produced in the same manner as in Example 61 except for the etching agent. Examples 80 to 98 and Comparative Examples 11 to 12 Example 80 was produced in the same manner as in Example 61 except that the red anti-surname material was replaced with the red anti-reagent material shown in Table 6-2. ~98, color filters (CF2-1 to CF2-21) of Comparative Examples 11 to 12, and a color display device. In the color display devices obtained in Examples 61 to 98 and Comparative Examples 8 to 12, the light source was caused to emit light, and a color image was displayed, and each color filter was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP200" manufactured by Olympus Optical Co., Ltd.). The brightness of the slice section. The results are shown in Tables 6-1 and 6-2. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 91 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 100113570 Table 6-1: Brightness of the color filter red resist filter section White display light Tablet material Red green blue brightness 宭 Μ 61 CF -1 R-1 202 59.2 6.1 28.5 Shen Chong" CF-2 R-2 2W 59.2 6.1 28.5 Beryllium Copper 63 CF-3 R-3 20.0 59.2 6.1 28.4 Clan Tree 64 CF-4 R-4 19.5 59.2 6.1 28.3 Example 65 CF-5 R-5 19.1 59.2 6.1 28.1 Pronunciation family 66 CF-6 R-6 19.0 592 6.1 28.1 宭 彻 67 67 CF-7 R-7 18.9 59.2 6.1 28.1 眚 Μ Μ 68 CF-8 R-8 20.0 59.2 6.1 28.4 Extravagant "69 CF- 9 R-9 19.4 59.2 6.1 28.2 Converse #! 70 CF-10 R-10 20.1 592 6.1 28.5 Clarence 71 CF-11 R-11 19.9 592 6.1 28.4音音彻72 CF-12 R-12 19.2 59.2 6.1 28.2 73 CF-13 R-13 19.1 59.2 6.1 28,1 74 CF-17 Κ-17 20.1 59.2 6.1 28.5 Converse "75 CF -18 R-18 20.1 59.2 6.1 28.5 宭婊 key 76 CF-19 R-19 20J 59.2 6.1 28.5 enamel paint. Che 77 CF-20 R-20 19.9 59.2 6.1 28.4 Acoustic capsules 78 CF - 21 R-21 19.9 59.2 6.1 28.4 膂佑.Μ 79 CF-22 R-22 19.9 59.2 6.1 28.4 Comparative Example 8 C F-14 R-14 19.8 59.2 6.1 28,4 Comparative Example 9 CF-15 R-15 19.2 59.2 6.1 28.2 Comparative Example 10 CF-16 R-16 18.1 59.2 6.1 27.8 Form No. A0101 Page 92 of 108 1003215110- 0 201214030 Color filter red resist material filter section brightness white display brightness red green blue blue 眚 Μ 80 CF2-1 R2-1 20.2 59.2 6.2 28.5 音族 you I 81 CF2-2 R2- 2 20.1 59.2 6,2 28.5 Shenwei like 82 CF2-3 R2-3 20.0 592 6,2 28.5 Shen _ 钿 钿 CF2-4 R2-4 20.2 59.2 62 28.5 Luxury Su. Che 84 CF2-5 R2-5 20.0 59.2 62 28.5 宭故彻 85 CF2-6 R2-6 20.1 59.2 6.2 28*5 86 CF2-7 R2-7 19.5 59.2 6,2 28.3 Example 87 CF2-8 R2-8 18.9 59.2 6.2 28.1 Eucalyptus 88 CF2 -9 R2-9 19.1 59.2 6.2 28,2 Extravagant 钿89 CF2-10 R2-10 19.0 59.2 6.2 28.1 奁族彻90 CF2-11 R2-11 19-4 59.2 6.2 28,3 Caution you. You 丨91 CF2 -12 R2-12 19.0 59.2 6,2 28.1 Tone. Chess Q2 CF2-13 R2-13 19.1 59.2 6.2 28.2 Extravagant 'milk CF2-14 R2-16 20.0 59.2 6.2 28.5 Extravagant. Μ 94 CE2-15 R2 -I7 20.1 59.2 6.2 28.5 Extravagant knee. Like Μ CF2-16 R2-18 20.0 59.2 62 28.5 96 CF2-17 R2-19 18.9 59.2 62 28.1 Cautious 97 FC2-18 R2-20 18.9 59.2 6.2 28J Extraordinary M 9S OF2-19 R2-21 18.8 59.2 6.2 28.1 Comparative Example 11 CT2-20 R2-14 20.1 59.2 6.2 28.5 Comparative Example 12 CF2- 21 R2-15 19.5 59.2 6,2 28.3 L0010” ^6~2:

若比較實施例61〜98與比較例10(彩色濾光片(CF-16)) ,於白顯示,比起由以往所用含有二_ °比嘻并。比洛系顏 ^ 料及蒽醌系顏料之抗蝕劑材料所形成的彩色濾光片(彩色 濾、光片(CF-16)),於由含有紅色顏料及鹵化生成物(Α) 之本發明之抗蝕劑材料所形成的彩色濾光片(彩色濾光片 (CF-1 〜13、CF-17〜22、CF2-1 〜CF2-19)),可獲得 較高亮度。比較例6、7、11、12(彩色濾光片(CF-14、 CF-15、CF2-20、CF2-21))之亮度雖高,但如前述產生 許多異物,因此在實用上難以使用。 〈實施例99〜113、比較例13〜18&gt; 實施例99 100113570 表單編號 Α0101 第 93 頁/共 108 頁 1003215110-0 201214030 將下述混合物攪拌混合均勻後,以5. O/zm的過濾器過濾 而製作紅色著色樹脂組成物。 顏料分散體(DP-7) : 7. 2部 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-8) : 3. 8部 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 : 40. 0部 丙二醇單乙基醚乙酯(PGMAC) :49.0部 實施例100 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-8),調 整顏料分散體與含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率,使 其成為與實施例99相同色度以外,其他均與實施例99同 樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物。 實施例101 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-9),調 整顏料分散體與含有_化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率,使 其成為與實施例99相同色度以外,其他均與實施例99同 樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物。 實施例102 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-10), 調整顏料分散體與含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率, 使其成為與實施例99相同色度以外,其他均與實施例99 同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物。 實施例103 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-11), 調整顏料分散體與含有i化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率, 使其成為與實施例99相同色度以外,其他均與實施例99 同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第94頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 實施例104 除了將顏料分散體(DP-8)改變為顏料分散體(DP-12), 調整顏料分散體與含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率, 使其成為與實施例99相同色度以外,其他均與實施例99 同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物。 實施例105 除了將顏料分散體(DP-8)改變為顏料分散體(DP-13), 調整顏料分散體與含有i化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率, 使其成為與實施例99相同色度以外,其他均與實施例99 ^ 同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物。 實施例106 除了將顏料分散體(DP-8)改變為顏料分散體(DP-9),調 整顏料分散體與含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率,使 其成為與實施例99相同色度以外,其他均與實施例99同 樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物。 實施例107 除了將顏料分散體(DP-8)改變為顏料分散體(DP-14), 〇 調整顏料分散體與含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率, 使其成為與實施例99相同色度以外,其他均與實施例99 同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物。 實施例108 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-8),將 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-8)改變為含有鹵化生成 物之樹脂溶液(DA-13),調整顏料分散體與含有鹵化生成 物之樹脂溶液之比率,使其成為與實施例99相同色度以 外,其他均與實施例99同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物 100113570 表單編號A0101 第95頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 實施例10 9 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-8),將 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA_8)改變為含有鹵化生成 物之樹脂溶液(DA-14),調整顏料分散體與含有鹵化生成 物之樹脂溶液之比率’使其成為與實施例99相同色度以 外’其他均與實施例99同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物 實施例110 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-ίο), 進一步加入顏料分散體(DP-14),調整顏料分散體與含有 鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率,使其成為與實施例99相 同色度以外,其他均與實施例99同樣地獲得紅色著色樹 脂組成物。 實施例111 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(Dp_15), 將含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA_8)改變為含有鹵化生 成物之樹脂溶液(DA-15),將丙稀酸樹脂溶液1改變為丙 烯酸樹脂溶液2 ’調整顏料分散體與含有i化生成物之樹 脂溶液之比率,使其成為與實施例9 9相同色度以外,其 他均與實施例99同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物。 實施例112 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(dp-16), 將含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA_8)改變為含有鹵化生 成物之樹脂溶液(DA-16),將丙烯酸樹脂溶液1改變為丙 烯酸樹脂溶液3 ’調整顏料分散體與含有i化生成物之樹 100113570 表單編號 A0101 第 96 頁/共 1〇8 頁 1003215110-0 201214030 脂溶液之比率,使其成為與實施例99相同色度以外,其 他均與實施例99同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物。 實施例113 除了將顏料分散體(Dp-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-17), 將含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-8)改變為含有鹵化生 成物之樹脂溶液(DA-17),將丙烯酸樹脂溶液1改變為丙 稀酸樹脂溶液4 ’調整顏料分散體與含有A化生成物之樹 脂溶液之比率’使其成為與實施例99相同色度以外,其 Ο 他均與實施例99同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物。 比較例13 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-1),將 含有齒化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-8)改變為顏料分散體 (DP 2) ’調整顏料分散體之比率,使其成為與實施例 相同色度以外’其他均與實施例99同樣地獲得紅色著色 樹脂組成物。 比較例14 Ο 除了將顏料分散體(DP-8)改變為顏料分散體(DP-2),調 整顏料分散體之比率,使其成為與實施例99相同色度以 外’其他均與實施例99同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂組成物 比較例15 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-9),將 含有齒化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-8)改變為顏料分散體 (DP-2) ’調整顏料分散體之比率’使其成為與實施例⑽ 相同色度以外,其他均與實施例99同樣地獲得紅色著色 樹脂組成物。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第97頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 比較例1 6 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-10), 將含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-8)改變為顏料分散體 (DP-2),調整顏料分散體之比率,使其成為與實施例99 相同色度以外,其他均與實施例99同樣地獲得紅色著色 樹脂組成物。 比較例17 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-11), 將含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-8)改變為顏料分散體 (DP-2),調整顏料分散體之比率,使其成為與實施例99 相同色度以外,其他均與實施例99同樣地獲得紅色著色 樹脂組成物。 比較例18 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-8),將 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-8)改變為顏料分散體 (DP-2),調整顏料分散體之比率,使其成為與實施例99 相同色度以外,其他均與實施例99同樣地獲得紅色著色 樹脂組成物。 〈實施例114〜118、比較例19〜24&gt; 實施例114 0 # m的過渡器過遽 :7. 2部 :3. 8部 :40. 0部 :49.0部 1003215110-0 將下述混合物攪拌混合均勻後,以5. 而製作紅色著色樹脂組成物。 顏料分散體(DP-7) 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1) 丙稀酸樹脂溶液1 丙二醇單乙基醚乙酯(PGM AC) 100113570 表單編號A0101 第98頁/共108頁 201214030 c 實施例115 除了將含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1)改變為含有幽 化生成物之樹释|容液(DA2-9),調整顏料分散體與含有鹵 化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率,使其成為與實施例1丨4相同 色度以外,其他均與實施例114同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂 組成物。 實施例11 6 除了將含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1)改變為含有齒 化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-10),調整顏料分散體與含有 鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率,使其成為與實施例114相 同色度以外,其他均與實施例114同樣地獲得紅色著色樹 脂組成物。 實施例11 7 除了將含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1)改變為含有鹵 化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-7),調整顏料分散體與含有鹵 化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率,使其成為與實施例114相同 色度以外,其他均與實施例114同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂 組成物。 實施例118 除了將含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1)改變為含有鹵 化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-8),調整顏料分散體與含有鹵 化生成物之樹脂溶液之比率,使其成為與實施例114相同 色度以外,其他均與實施例114同樣地獲得紅色著色樹脂 組成物。 比較例19 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-1),將 100113570 表單編號 A0101 第 99 頁/共 108 頁 1003215110-0 201214030 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(D A 2 -1)改變為顏料分散體 (DP-2),調整顏料分散體之比率,使其成為與實施例 114相同色度以外,其他均與實施例114同樣地獲得紅色 著色樹脂組成物。 比較例2 0 除了將將含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1)改變為顏料 分散體(DP-2),調整顏料分散體之比率,使其成為與實 施例114相同色度以外,其他均與實施例114同樣地獲得 紅色著色樹脂組成物。 比較例21 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-8),將 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1)改變為顏料分散體 (DP-2),調整顏料分散體之比率,使其成為與實施例 114相同色度以外,其他均與實施例114同樣地獲得紅色 者色樹脂組成物。 比較例2 2 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-9),將 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1)改變為顏料分散體 (DP-2),調整顏料分散體之比率,使其成為與實施例 114相同色度以外,其他均與實施例114同樣地獲得紅色 著色樹脂組成物。 比較例2 3 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-10), 將含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1)改變為顏料分散體 (DP-2),調整顏料分散體之比率,使其成為與實施例 114相同色度以外,其他均與實施例114同樣地獲得紅色 100113570 表單編號A0101 第100頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 著色樹脂組成物。 比較例2 4 除了將顏料分散體(DP-7)改變為顏料分散體(DP-11), 將含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1)改變為顏料分散體 (DP-2),調整顏料分散體之比率,使其成為與實施例 114相同色度以外,其他均與實施例114同樣地獲得紅色 著色樹脂組成物。 將實施例99〜118、比較例13〜24所獲得的紅色著色樹 脂組成物,於透明基板上旋轉塗布成膜厚2. 0 #,以60°C 乾燥(預烤)5分鐘後,以230°C加熱20分鐘(曝後烤)而製 作成塗膜基板。 以顯微分光光度計(Olympus光學公司製「0SP - SP200 」)測定所製作的塗膜基板之亮度(Y)。 表 7-1 : 顏料 分散艎 含有a化化合 物之樹脂溶液 丙烯酸樹 脂溶液 Y 實施例99 DP-7 DA-8 1 19.37 實施例100 DP-8 DA-8 1 19.01 實施例101 DP-9 DA-8 1 18.82 實施例102 DP-10 DA-8 1 18.64 實施例103 DP-11 DA-8 1 18.73 實施例104 DP-7 DA-12 1 19.28 實施例105 DP-7 DA-13 1 19.42 實施例106 DP-7 DA-9 1 19.24 實施例107 DP-7 DA—14 1 19.44 實施例108 DP-8 DA-13 1 19.02 實施例109 DP-8 DA-14 1 19.06 實施例110 DP-10 + DP-14 DA-8 1 18.66 實施例111 DP-15 DA-15 2 19.39 實施例112 DP-16 DA-16 3 19.35 實施例113 DP-17 DA-17 4 19.37 比較例13 DP-1 + DP-2 - 1 18.10 比較例14 DP-7 + DP-2 - 1 16.74 比較例15 DP-9+ DP-2 - 1 16.83 比較例16 DP-10 + DP-2 - 1 17.92 比較例17 DP-11 + DP-2 - 1 17.29 比較例18 DP-8 + DP-2 - 1 16.65 [0011] 100113570 表單編號A0101 第101頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 表 7-2 : 顏料 分散體 含有4化化 合物之樹脂 溶液 丙烯酸樹 脂溶液 Y 賁施例114 DP-7 DA2-1 1 19 39 實施例115 DP-7 DA2-9 1 19 29 實施例116 DP-7 DA2-10 1 19 44 實施例117 DP-7 DA2-7 1 19.26 實施例118 DP-7 DA2-8 1 19 46^ 比較例19 DP-1 + DP-2 - 1 18.10 比較例20 DP-7+ DP-2 — 1 16.74 比較例21 DP-8+ DP-2 — 1 16 65 比較例22 DP-9+ DP-2 - 1 16.83 比較例23 DP-10 + DP-2 - 1 17 92 丨比較例24 DP-11 + DP-2~ L_____zZZJ 1 17.29 ~ 如表7-1、7-2所示,於實施例99〜118之紅色著色樹脂 組成物,與比較例13〜24之紅色著色樹脂組成物相比較 可獲得亮度較高之紅色塗膜。此時’於表8顯示出未出現 預烤/曝後烤之亮度差降低,可維持耐受性。 201214030 [0012] 表8 :When Comparative Examples 61 to 98 and Comparative Example 10 (color filter (CF-16)) were compared, the white display showed a ratio of _° to 由° as compared with the conventional one. A color filter (color filter, light film (CF-16)) formed of a resist material of a biloba pigment and an anthraquinone pigment, and the invention comprising a red pigment and a halogenated product (Α) A color filter (color filters (CF-1 to 13, CF-17 to 22, CF2-1 to CF2-19)) formed of a resist material can obtain high luminance. In Comparative Examples 6, 7, 11, and 12 (color filters (CF-14, CF-15, CF2-20, CF2-21)), although the brightness is high, many foreign matters are generated as described above, so that it is practically difficult to use. . <Examples 99 to 113, Comparative Examples 13 to 18> Example 99 100113570 Form No. Α0101 Page 93 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 The following mixture was stirred and mixed uniformly, and filtered with a filter of 5. O/zm. A red colored resin composition was produced. Pigment dispersion (DP-7): 7.2 Resin solution containing halogenated product (DA-8): 3. 8 parts of acrylic resin solution 1: 40. 0 propylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl ester (PGMAC): 49.0 parts Example 100 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to the pigment dispersion (DP-8), the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the halogenated product was adjusted to be the same color as in Example 99. A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99 except for the others. Example 101 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-9), the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the chemical conversion product was adjusted to be the same color as in Example 99. A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99 except for the others. Example 102 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-10), the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the halogenated product was adjusted to be the same as that of Example 99. Further, a red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99. Example 103 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-11), the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the i-formation product was adjusted so that it became the same color as in Example 99. A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99 except for the others. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 94/108 1083215110-0 201214030 Example 104 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-8) to a pigment dispersion (DP-12), the pigment dispersion and the resin containing the halogenated product were adjusted. A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99 except that the ratio of the solution was the same as that of Example 99. Example 105 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-8) to a pigment dispersion (DP-13), the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the i-formation product was adjusted to have the same color as in Example 99. A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99. Example 106 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-8) to a pigment dispersion (DP-9), the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the halogenated product was adjusted to be the same as that of Example 99. Further, a red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99. Example 107 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-8) to a pigment dispersion (DP-14), the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the halogenated product was adjusted to be the same color as in Example 99. A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99 except for the others. Example 108 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-8), the resin solution (DA-8) containing a halogenated product was changed to a resin solution containing a halogenated product (DA-13) The red colored resin composition 100113570 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99 except that the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the halogenated product was adjusted to be the same as that of Example 99. Form No. A0101 Page 95 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 Example 10 9 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-8), the resin solution (DA_8) containing a halogenated product was changed to contain a halogenated product. In the resin solution (DA-14), the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the halogenated product was adjusted to be the same as that of Example 99, and the red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99. Example 110 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-ίο), a pigment dispersion (DP-14) was further added to adjust the pigment dispersion and the resin containing the halogenated product. The ratio of liquid, it becomes the same chromaticity Example 99, other were obtained in the same manner as in Example red colored resin composition 99. Example 111 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (Dp_15), the resin solution (DA_8) containing the halogenated product was changed to a resin solution (DA-15) containing a halogenated product, and C was The dilute acid resin solution 1 was changed to the acrylic resin solution 2', and the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the i-formation product was adjusted to obtain the same color chromaticity as in Example 9, except that the same procedure as in Example 99 was obtained. Red colored resin composition. Example 112 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (dp-16), the resin solution (DA_8) containing the halogenated product was changed to a resin solution (DA-16) containing a halogenated product, Changing the acrylic resin solution 1 to the acrylic resin solution 3' adjusts the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the tree containing the chemical product 100113570 Form No. A0101, page 96 / total page 81003215110-0 201214030, making it a A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99 except that the same chromaticity of Example 99 was used. Example 113 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (Dp-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-17), the resin solution (DA-8) containing a halogenated product was changed to a resin solution containing a halogenated product (DA-17). The acrylic resin solution 1 was changed to an acrylic resin solution 4', and the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the A product was adjusted to be the same as that of Example 99, and the other was carried out. In Example 99, a red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner. Comparative Example 13 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to the pigment dispersion (DP-1), the resin solution (DA-8) containing the dentate product was changed to the pigment dispersion (DP 2) 'adjusting pigment The red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99 except that the ratio of the dispersion was the same as that of the Example. Comparative Example 14 Ο In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-8) to the pigment dispersion (DP-2), the ratio of the pigment dispersion was adjusted to be the same as that of Example 99. Similarly, a red colored resin composition was obtained. Comparative Example 15 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-9), the resin solution (DA-8) containing the tooth formation product was changed to pigment dispersion. The red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99 except that the ratio of the pigment (DP-2) 'adjusted pigment dispersion' was the same as that of Example (10). 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 97 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 Comparative Example 1 6 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-10), a resin solution containing a halogenated product (DA) -8) A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99 except that the pigment dispersion (DP-2) was changed to the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the same color as in Example 99. Comparative Example 17 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-11), the resin solution (DA-8) containing the halogenated product was changed to a pigment dispersion (DP-2), and the pigment was adjusted. A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99 except that the ratio of the dispersion was the same as that of Example 99. Comparative Example 18 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-8), the resin solution (DA-8) containing a halogenated product was changed to a pigment dispersion (DP-2), and the pigment was adjusted. A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 99 except that the ratio of the dispersion was the same as that of Example 99. <Examples 114 to 118, Comparative Examples 19 to 24> Example 114 0 #m of a transition apparatus: 7.2 parts: 3.8 parts: 40. 0 parts: 49.0 parts 1003215110-0 The following mixture was stirred. After the mixture was uniformly mixed, a red colored resin composition was produced at 5. Pigment dispersion (DP-7) Resin solution containing halogenated product (DA2-1) Acrylic resin solution 1 Propylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl ester (PGM AC) 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 98 of 108 201214030 c Example 115 The ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the halogenated product was adjusted except that the resin solution (DA2-1) containing the halogenated product was changed to the dendrimer containing the ghost product (DA2-9). A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 114 except that the same color chromaticity as in Example 1A was used. Example 11 6 In addition to changing the resin solution (DA2-1) containing a halogenated product to a resin solution (DA2-10) containing a dentate product, the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the halogenated product was adjusted so that A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 114 except that the same color chromaticity as in Example 114 was obtained. Example 11 7 The ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the halogenated product was adjusted so that the resin solution (DA2-1) containing the halogenated product was changed to the resin solution (DA2-7) containing the halogenated product. A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 114 except that the same chromaticity as in Example 114 was obtained. Example 118 In addition to changing the resin solution (DA2-1) containing a halogenated product to a resin solution (DA2-8) containing a halogenated product, the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the resin solution containing the halogenated product was adjusted to become A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 114 except for the same chromaticity as in Example 114. Comparative Example 19 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-1), 100113570 Form No. A0101, page 99/108, 1003215110-0 201214030, a resin solution containing a halogenated product (DA 2 ) -1) A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 114 except that the pigment dispersion (DP-2) was changed to the ratio of the pigment dispersion to the same color as in Example 114. Comparative Example 2 0 The ratio of the pigment dispersion was adjusted to be the same as that of Example 114 except that the resin solution (DA2-1) containing the halogenated product was changed to the pigment dispersion (DP-2). A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 114. Comparative Example 21 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-8), the resin solution (DA2-1) containing the halogenated product was changed to a pigment dispersion (DP-2), and the pigment was adjusted. A red color resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 114 except that the ratio of the dispersion was the same as that of Example 114. Comparative Example 2 2 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-9), the resin solution (DA2-1) containing the halogenated product was changed to a pigment dispersion (DP-2), and the adjustment was made. A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 114 except that the ratio of the pigment dispersion was the same as that of Example 114. Comparative Example 2 3 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-10), the resin solution (DA2-1) containing the halogenated product was changed to a pigment dispersion (DP-2), and the adjustment was made. The coloring resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 114 except that the ratio of the pigment dispersion was the same as that of Example 114. Red 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 100/108 Page 1003215110-0 201214030. Comparative Example 2 4 In addition to changing the pigment dispersion (DP-7) to a pigment dispersion (DP-11), the resin solution (DA2-1) containing the halogenated product was changed to a pigment dispersion (DP-2), and the adjustment was made. A red colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 114 except that the ratio of the pigment dispersion was the same as that of Example 114. The red colored resin compositions obtained in Examples 99 to 118 and Comparative Examples 13 to 24 were spin-coated on a transparent substrate to have a film thickness of 2.0 Å, dried at 60 ° C (pre-baked) for 5 minutes, and then 230. The film was heated to a temperature of 20 minutes (baked after exposure) to prepare a coated substrate. The brightness (Y) of the produced coating film substrate was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("0SP - SP200" manufactured by Olympus Optics Co., Ltd.). Table 7-1: Pigment dispersion 树脂 Resin solution containing a compound compound Acrylic resin solution Y Example 99 DP-7 DA-8 1 19.37 Example 100 DP-8 DA-8 1 19.01 Example 101 DP-9 DA-8 1 18.82 Example 102 DP-10 DA-8 1 18.64 Example 103 DP-11 DA-8 1 18.73 Example 104 DP-7 DA-12 1 19.28 Example 105 DP-7 DA-13 1 19.42 Example 106 DP -7 DA-9 1 19.24 Example 107 DP-7 DA-14 1 19.44 Example 108 DP-8 DA-13 1 19.02 Example 109 DP-8 DA-14 1 19.06 Example 110 DP-10 + DP-14 DA-8 1 18.66 Example 111 DP-15 DA-15 2 19.39 Example 112 DP-16 DA-16 3 19.35 Example 113 DP-17 DA-17 4 19.37 Comparative Example 13 DP-1 + DP-2 - 1 18.10 Comparative Example 14 DP-7 + DP-2 - 1 16.74 Comparative Example 15 DP-9+ DP-2 - 1 16.83 Comparative Example 16 DP-10 + DP-2 - 1 17.92 Comparative Example 17 DP-11 + DP-2 - 1 17.29 Comparative Example 18 DP-8 + DP-2 - 1 16.65 [0011] 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 101 of 108 1003215110-0 Table 7-2: Pigment Dispersion Resin Solution Containing 4 Compounds Acrylic Resin Solution Y 贲 Example 114 DP-7 DA2-1 1 19 39 Example 115 DP-7 DA2-9 1 19 29 Example 116 DP-7 DA2-10 1 19 44 Example 117 DP-7 DA2-7 1 19.26 Example 118 DP-7 DA2-8 1 19 46^ Comparative Example 19 DP-1 + DP-2 - 1 18.10 Comparative Example 20 DP-7+ DP-2 — 1 16.74 Comparative Example 21 DP-8+ DP-2 — 1 16 65 Comparative Example 22 DP-9+ DP-2 - 1 16.83 Comparative Example 23 DP-10 + DP-2 - 1 17 92 丨Comparative Example 24 DP-11 + DP-2~ L_____zZZJ 1 17.29 ~ As shown in Tables 7-1 and 7-2, in Examples 99 to 118 The red colored resin composition was compared with the red colored resin composition of Comparative Examples 13 to 24 to obtain a red coating film having a high luminance. At this time, in Table 8, it was shown that the difference in luminance difference between the pre-bake/exposure roasting did not occur, and the tolerance was maintained. 201214030 [0012] Table 8:

實施例119 將下述混合物_混合均勻後,以1Mm的過濾器過滤 而獲得鹼顯影型紅色抗蝕劑材料。 21. 0 部 39. 0部 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA-8)Example 119 After the following mixture was uniformly mixed, it was filtered with a 1 Mm filter to obtain an alkali-developable red resist material. 21. 0 Part 39. 0 Resin solution containing halogenated product (DA-8)

顏料分散體(DP-O :11.0部 4. 2部Pigment dispersion (DP-O: 11.0 parts 4. 2 parts)

丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 二fe甲基丙烧三丙烯酸酯 (新中村化學公司製「NK酯ATMPT」 光聚合起始劑 100113570 表單編號A0101 第102頁/共1〇8頁 1003215110-0 201214030 (曰本千葉公司製「IRGACURE 9〇7」 增感劑(保土谷化學公司製「eab-f」) 乙二醇單甲基醚乙酯 實施例120 :4部 ,23. 2部Acrylic resin solution 1 bis-methacrylonitrile triacrylate ("NK ester ATMPT" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization initiator 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 102 / Total 1 〇 8 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 (曰本千叶"IRGACURE 9〇7" sensitizer ("eab-f" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) ethylene glycol monomethyl ether ethyl ester Example 120: 4, 23. 2

將下述混合物攪拌混合均勻後,以丨,〇 而獲得驗顯影型紅色抗钱劑材料。 含有鹵化生成物之樹脂溶液(DA2-1) 顏料分散體(DP-7) 丙烯酸樹脂溶液1 三烴曱基丙烷三丙烯酸酯 (新中村化學公司製「NK酯ATMPT」) 的過濾器過濾 :21. 〇 部 :39. 〇部 :11. 0 部 :4. 2部 光聚合起始劑 (曰本千葉公司製「IRGACURE 907」 增感劑(保土谷化學公司製「EAB-F」) 乙二醇單甲基醚乙酯 比較例2 5 :1. 2 部 .〇 · 4 部 :23. 2部 Ο 除了分別將顏料分散體(DP-7)及含有鹵化生成物之樹月旨 溶液(DA-8),改變為顏料分散體(DP-1)及顏料分散體 (DP-2),調整顏料分散體之比率,使其成為與實施例 119相同色度以外,其他均與實施例119同樣地獲得驗顯 影型紅色抗蝕劑材料。 將實施例119〜120、比較例25所獲得的鹼顯影变紅色抗 蝕劑材料,於透明基板上旋轉塗布成膜厚2. 5// ’以60°c 乾燥(預烤)5分鐘後,以230eC加熱20分鐘(曝後烤)而製 作成塗膜基板,如先前記載來測定所製作的塗膜基板之 亮度(Y)。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第103頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 於表9表示結果。 [0013] 表 9 : 紅色顏料 分散體 含有i化化 合物之溶液 Y 實施例119 DP-7 DA-8 19.28 實施例120 DP-7 DA-1 19.28 比較例2 5 DP-1 + DP-2 — 18.10 如表9所示,於實施例119〜120之鹼顯影型紅色抗蝕劑材 料,與比較例2 5之驗顯影型紅色抗#劑材料相比較可獲 得亮度較高之紅色塗膜。 【圖式簡單說明】 [0014] 無。 【主要元件符號說明】 [0015] 無。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第104頁/共108頁 1003215110-0After the following mixture was stirred and mixed uniformly, the developed red anti-money agent material was obtained by hydrazine, hydrazine. Resin solution containing halogenated product (DA2-1) Pigment dispersion (DP-7) Acrylic resin solution 1 Trihydrocarbyl propane triacrylate ("Nippon Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd." "NK ester ATMPT") Filter filtration: 21 〇部:39. 〇部:1. 0 Department: 4. 2 photopolymerization initiators (IRGACURE 907 sensitizer manufactured by Sakamoto Chiba Co., Ltd. (EAB-F, manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) Alcohol monomethyl ether ethyl ester Comparative Example 2 5 : 1. 2 parts. 〇 · 4 parts: 23. 2 parts Ο In addition to the pigment dispersion (DP-7) and the halogenated product-containing tree solution (DA) -8), the pigment dispersion (DP-1) and the pigment dispersion (DP-2) were changed, and the ratio of the pigment dispersion was adjusted to have the same color chromaticity as in Example 119, and the others were the same as in Example 119. The etched red resist material obtained in Examples 119-120 and Comparative Example 25 was turned into a red resist material on a transparent substrate to a film thickness of 2. 5 / / ' to 60 °c Dry (pre-baked) for 5 minutes, then heated at 230eC for 20 minutes (baked after exposure) to prepare a coated substrate, which was determined as described previously. Brightness (Y) of the produced coated substrate. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 103 of 108 1003215110-0 201214030 The results are shown in Table 9. [0013] Table 9: Solution Y of red pigment dispersion containing i compound Example 119 DP-7 DA-8 19.28 Example 120 DP-7 DA-1 19.28 Comparative Example 2 5 DP-1 + DP-2 - 18.10 As shown in Table 9, the alkali-developed red anti-resistance of Examples 119 to 120 The etching agent material can obtain a red coating film having a higher brightness than the material of the development type red anti-reagent material of Comparative Example 25. [Simplified description of the drawing] [0014] None [Explanation of main component symbols] [0015] No. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 104 / 108 Page 1003215110-0

Claims (1)

201214030 七、申請專利範圍: 1 . 一種彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物,其特徵為包含著色劑 及樹脂黏結劑;前述著色劑包含:咕噸系酸性染料與具有 陽離子性基之化合物之鹵化生成物(A )、及紅色顏料。 2 .如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物, 其中前述具有陽離子性基之化合物為四級銨鹽化合物。 3 .如申請專利範圍第2項之彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物, 其中前述四級銨鹽化合物之陽離子部分之分子量係在190 〜900之範圍内。 Ο 4.如申請專利範圍第2或3項之彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物 ,其中前述四級銨鹽化合物係由下述一般式(1-1)所表示 一般式(1-1):201214030 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A red coloring composition for a color filter, characterized by comprising a coloring agent and a resin binder; the coloring agent comprises: halogenation of a xanthene-based acid dye and a compound having a cationic group The product (A) and the red pigment. 2. The red coloring composition for a color filter according to claim 1, wherein the compound having a cationic group is a quaternary ammonium salt compound. 3. The color filter of claim 2, wherein the molecular weight of the cationic portion of the quaternary ammonium salt compound is in the range of from 190 to 900. 4. The red coloring composition for a color filter according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the quaternary ammonium salt compound is represented by the general formula (1-1) represented by the following general formula (1-1) : (於一般式(1-1)中,匕〜!?,分別獨立表示碳數1〜20之烷 基或苄基,、R2、R3、R4 +之至少2個具有5〜20個碳 原子。Y_表示無機或有機之陰離子)。 5 .如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物, 其中前述具有陽離子性基之化合物係於側鏈具有陽離子性 基之樹脂。 6 .如申請專利範圍第5項之彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物, 其中前述於側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂係乙烯基系樹脂, 其係包含由下述一般式(1-2)所表示的構造單位; 100113570 表單編號Α0101 第105頁/共108頁 1003215110-0(In the general formula (1-1), 匕~!?, each independently represents an alkyl group or a benzyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least two of R2, R3 and R4 + have 5 to 20 carbon atoms. Y_ represents an inorganic or organic anion). 5. The red coloring composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the compound having a cationic group is a resin having a cationic group in a side chain. 6. The red coloring composition for a color filter according to claim 5, wherein the resin-based vinyl resin having a cationic group in a side chain comprises the following general formula (1-2) The constructed unit; 100113570 Form number Α0101 Page 105 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 一般式(1-2): (於-般式G-2)中’ %表示氫原子、或置換或者無置換 之燒基Ί分職立表示氫原子、置換或者無置換之 烧基置換或者無置換之烯基、或置換或者無置換之芳基 ’ R6〜R8中之2個相互結合而形成環亦可。Q表示亞烷基、 亞芳基、-C0NH-R9-或-CO。'-、表示亞烧基。γ-表 示無機或有機之陰離子)。 如申請專利範圍第⑴項中任—項之彩色滤光片用紅色著 色組成物,其中前述㈣系酸性染料被分類為C. 1_酸性 紅。 8.如中請專利範圍第⑴項中任—項之彩色渡光片用紅色著 色組成物’其中前述。占嘲系酸性染料係從C. I.酸性紅 (c. I. Acid Red)52、c. I.酸性紅87、c 酸性紅92、 C. I.酸性紅289及C. I·酸性紅388所組成的群組選擇之至 少一種。 &amp;中μ專利fc圍第1至8項中任-項之彩色濾光片用紅色著 、且成物其中剛述紅色顏料為二酮1比洛并D比洛系顏料及 /或恩酿系顏料及/或單偶氮系或二偶氮系顏料。 10 .如中睛專利範圍第⑴項中任—項之彩色滤光片用紅色著 成物’其中前述紅色顏料係從C. I.顏料紅 (c. I. Pigment Red)254、C. I,顏料紅177、C, I·顏料 100113570 表單蝙號A0101 第106頁/共108頁 1003215110-0 201214030 11 12 紅^小則^丄顏料紅㈣乂厂顏料紅⑷及 c* I.顏料橘38所組成的群組選擇之至少—種。 如申請專利範圍第ΒΠ)項中任—項之彩色滤光片用紅色 著色組成物,其中前述著色劑進一步含有黃色顏料。 如申請專利範圍第1至11項中任—項之彩色濾光片用紅色 著色組成物,其中進一步含有光聚合性單體及/或光聚合 起始劑。 .—種彩色濾光片,其係具備至少1個紅色濾光片區段、至 少1個綠色淚光片區段及至少1個藍色滤光片區段;前述至 少1個紅色濾光片區段係由申請專利範圍第1至i丨項中任 一項之彩色濾光片用紅色著色組成物所形成。 100113570 表單編號A0101 第107頁/共108頁 1003215110-0201214030 General formula (1-2): (in the general formula G-2), '% means a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted burnt group, which means a hydrogen atom, a substitution or a replacement without a burn group or The unsubstituted alkenyl group or the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group 'R6 to R8' may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Q represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, -CONH-R9- or -CO. '-, indicates a sub-burning base. Γ- represents an inorganic or organic anion). The color filter of any one of the items (1) of the patent application is a red colored composition, wherein the (4) acid dye is classified as C. 1_acid red. 8. The color illuminating sheet of any of the items in the item (1) of the patent application is red colored composition'. The group consisting of c. I. Acid Red 52, c. I. Acid Red 87, c Acid Red 92, CI Acid Red 289 and C. I·Acid Red 388 Choose at least one of them. &amp; Medium μ patent fc The color filter of any of items 1 to 8 is red, and the red pigment is a diketone 1 and the D is a pigment and/or A pigment and/or a monoazo or diazo pigment. 10. The red color of the color filter of any one of the items in the above-mentioned patent range (1), wherein the red pigment is from CI Pigment Red 254, C. I, Pigment Red 177, C, I·Pigment 100113570 Form bat number A0101 Page 106 / 108 pages 1003215110-0 201214030 11 12 Red ^ small ^ 丄 pigment red (four) 乂 factory pigment red (4) and c * I. pigment orange 38 At least one of the group selections. The color filter according to any one of the above-mentioned items of the present invention is a red coloring composition, wherein the coloring agent further contains a yellow pigment. The color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the color filter is a red coloring composition, further comprising a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerization initiator. a color filter comprising at least one red filter segment, at least one green tear patch segment, and at least one blue filter segment; the at least one red filter region The color filter of any one of the claims 1 to 1 is formed of a red colored composition. 100113570 Form No. A0101 Page 107 of 108 1003215110-0
TW100113570A 2010-04-21 2011-04-19 Red-coloring composition for color filter and color filter TWI443458B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010097517 2010-04-21
JP2010122618 2010-05-28
JP2011053891 2011-03-11
JP2011053890 2011-03-11

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201214030A true TW201214030A (en) 2012-04-01
TWI443458B TWI443458B (en) 2014-07-01

Family

ID=44980931

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100113570A TWI443458B (en) 2010-04-21 2011-04-19 Red-coloring composition for color filter and color filter

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR101329582B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102253599B (en)
TW (1) TWI443458B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI500711B (en) * 2013-01-11 2015-09-21 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Coloring composition for use in color filter and color filter
TWI623591B (en) * 2012-06-26 2018-05-11 保土谷化學工業股份有限公司 Xanthene dye for color filter, and color filter using the same

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103959109B (en) * 2011-11-30 2016-05-04 东洋油墨Sc控股株式会社 Color composition for color filter and colour filter
JP6368068B2 (en) * 2012-02-16 2018-08-01 Jsr株式会社 Coloring agent, coloring composition for color filter, color filter and display element
CN106424711B (en) * 2012-03-06 2019-02-15 东洋油墨Sc控股株式会社 Electrically conductive microparticle and its manufacturing method, electroconductive resin constituent, conductive sheet and electromagnetic shielding sheet
JP6155076B2 (en) * 2012-04-10 2017-06-28 住友化学株式会社 Colorant dispersion
KR102116438B1 (en) * 2012-05-21 2020-05-29 토요잉크Sc홀딩스주식회사 Colored composition for color filter and color filter
JP5902553B2 (en) * 2012-05-23 2016-04-13 サカタインクス株式会社 Red coloring composition for color filter
DE102013012244A1 (en) * 2013-07-24 2015-01-29 Clariant International Ltd. Use of disazo compounds for color filters
DE102013012855A1 (en) * 2013-08-01 2015-02-05 Clariant International Ltd. Compositions containing disazo dyes and pigments
CN105176423B (en) * 2015-10-29 2020-03-20 四川羽玺新材料股份有限公司 Halogen-free environment-friendly green adhesive and preparation method thereof
JP6862340B2 (en) * 2016-03-16 2021-04-21 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored resin compositions for color filters, pigment dispersions, color filters, and display devices
KR102613881B1 (en) * 2017-12-22 2023-12-15 토요잉크Sc홀딩스주식회사 Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP7063663B2 (en) * 2018-03-19 2022-05-09 東友ファインケム株式会社 Color curable resin composition, color filter and display device
CN108919547B (en) * 2018-07-10 2020-08-07 武汉华星光电半导体显示技术有限公司 Manufacturing method of color film substrate

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB9922135D0 (en) * 1999-09-20 1999-11-17 Avecia Ltd Compositions and uses
US6843839B2 (en) * 2000-06-12 2005-01-18 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Ink, recording method, recording unit, ink cartridge, ink set, and recording apparatus
JP4378163B2 (en) * 2003-12-16 2009-12-02 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Blue coloring composition for color filter and color filter
TWI403840B (en) * 2006-04-26 2013-08-01 Fujifilm Corp Dye-containing negative curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same
JP5142579B2 (en) * 2007-04-16 2013-02-13 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition and color filter using the same
JP2009237151A (en) * 2008-03-26 2009-10-15 Fujifilm Corp Coloring curing composition for color filter and color filter
TWI455984B (en) * 2008-05-30 2014-10-11 Sumitomo Chemical Co Colored hardening composite

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI623591B (en) * 2012-06-26 2018-05-11 保土谷化學工業股份有限公司 Xanthene dye for color filter, and color filter using the same
TWI500711B (en) * 2013-01-11 2015-09-21 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Coloring composition for use in color filter and color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102253599A (en) 2011-11-23
KR101329582B1 (en) 2013-11-15
TWI443458B (en) 2014-07-01
KR20110117634A (en) 2011-10-27
CN102253599B (en) 2013-02-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201214030A (en) Red-coloring composition for color filter and color filter
TWI439513B (en) Coloring composition for use in color filter and color filter
TWI507819B (en) Colored composition and color filter using the same
TWI494378B (en) Red coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP4492760B1 (en) Blue coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
TWI512053B (en) Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
TWI444441B (en) Coloring composition and color filter
JP5446423B2 (en) Coloring composition, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
JP5573417B2 (en) Blue coloring composition for color filter and color filter used for color solid-state imaging device
TWI504691B (en) Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
WO2012046353A1 (en) Pigment dispersion, production method thereof, photosensitive colored resin composition, inkjet ink and electrophotographic printing toner containing said pigment dispersion, and color filter
TWI688611B (en) Colorant dispersion liquid and manufacturing method thereof, coloring composition and manufacturing method thereof, coloring cured film, display element and solid-state imaging element
KR20120012393A (en) Coloring compositions, color filters and display elements
KR20140001807A (en) Colored composition, color filter and display device
TW201606430A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix and image display device
JP2013254127A (en) Colored composition for color filter, and color filter
TW201734613A (en) Substrate for display element, manufacturing method of substrate for display element and display element having excellent color featured color pattern and black spacer and high reliability
TW201518422A (en) Dye dispersion
KR20120028815A (en) Basic colorant, coloring composition, color filter and display device
JP5736932B2 (en) Red coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2016170370A (en) Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
TW201141962A (en) Red pigment dispersion liquid for color filters and method for producing the same, photosensitive red resin composition for color filters and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display d
JPWO2012005203A1 (en) Triarylmethane colorant, coloring composition, color filter, and display element
TWI685713B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
JP7484204B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filters and color filters